1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 
44 using namespace clang;
45 using namespace sema;
46 
47 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
48                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
49   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
50                                Context.getTargetInfo());
51 }
52 
53 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
54 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
55 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
56   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
57   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
58 
59   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
60     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
61         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
62         << call->getSourceRange();
63 
64   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
65   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
66                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
67 
68   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
69     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
70     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
71 }
72 
73 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
74 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
75 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
76   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
77     return true;
78 
79   // First argument should be an integer.
80   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
81   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
82   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
83     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
84       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
85     return true;
86   }
87 
88   // Second argument should be a constant string.
89   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
90   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
91   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
92     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
93       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
94     return true;
95   }
96 
97   TheCall->setType(Ty);
98   return false;
99 }
100 
101 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
102 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
103 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
104   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
105     return true;
106 
107   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
108   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
109   if (ResultType.isNull())
110     return true;
111 
112   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
113   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
114   return false;
115 }
116 
117 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
118   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
119     return true;
120 
121   // First two arguments should be integers.
122   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
123     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
124     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
125     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
126       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
127           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
128       return true;
129     }
130   }
131 
132   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
133   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
134   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
135   {
136     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
137     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
138     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
139     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
140           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
141       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
142           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
143       return true;
144     }
145   }
146 
147   return false;
148 }
149 
150 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
151 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
152                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
153   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
154       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
155     return;
156 
157   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
158   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
159 
160   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
161 
162   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
163   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
164       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
165     return;
166 
167   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
168     return;
169 
170   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
171   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
172   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
173   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
174 
175   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
176 }
177 
178 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
179   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
180     return true;
181 
182   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
183   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
184   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
185   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
186 
187   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
188     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
189         << Call->getSourceRange();
190     return true;
191   }
192 
193   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
194   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
195     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
196         << Call->getSourceRange();
197     return true;
198   }
199 
200   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
201   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
202     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
203       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
204           << Call->getSourceRange();
205       return true;
206     }
207 
208   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
209     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
210         << Call->getSourceRange();
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
215   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
216     return true;
217   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
218     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
219         << Chain->getSourceRange();
220     return true;
221   }
222 
223   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
224   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
225   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
226       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
227   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
228 
229   Builtin =
230       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
231 
232   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
233   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
234   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
236   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
237 
238   return false;
239 }
240 
241 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
242                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
243                                      unsigned DiagID) {
244   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
245   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
246   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
247   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
248     return false;
249 
250   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
251   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
252     S = S->getParent();
253   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
254     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
255     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
256         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
257     return true;
258   }
259 
260   return false;
261 }
262 
263 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
264   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
265 }
266 
267 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
268 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
269 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
270   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
271       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
272   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
273       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
274   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
275   bool IllegalParams = false;
276   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
277   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
278   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
279        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
280     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
281         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
282             LangAS::opencl_local) {
283       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
284       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
285       // else we just point to the variable reference.
286       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
287       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
288         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
289         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
290       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
291         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
292       }
293       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
294              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
295       IllegalParams = true;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   return IllegalParams;
300 }
301 
302 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
303 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
304 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
305 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
306   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
307     return true;
308 
309   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
310   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
311     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
312            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type) << "block";
313     return true;
314   }
315   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
316 }
317 
318 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
319                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End);
320 
321 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
322 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
323 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
324                                            Expr *BlockArg,
325                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
326   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
327       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
328   unsigned NumBlockParams =
329       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
330   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
331 
332   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
333   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
334   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
335     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
336            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
337     return true;
338   }
339 
340   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
341   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
342                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
343 }
344 
345 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
346 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
347 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
348 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
349 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
350 ///                    void (^block)(void))
351 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
352 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
353 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
354 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
355 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
356 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
357 ///                    void (^block)(void))
358 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
359 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
360 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
361 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
362 ///                    uint size0, ...)
363 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
364 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
365 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
366 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
367 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
368 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
369 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
370 ///                    uint size0, ...)
371 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
372   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
373 
374   if (NumArgs < 4) {
375     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
376     return true;
377   }
378 
379   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
380   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
381   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
382   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
383 
384   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
385   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
386     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
387            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
388         << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
389     return true;
390   }
391 
392   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
393   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
394     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
395            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
396         << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
397     return true;
398   }
399 
400   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
401   if (!Arg2->getType()->isNDRangeT()) {
402     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
403            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
404         << S.Context.OCLNDRangeTy;
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
409   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
410   if (NumArgs == 4) {
411     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
412     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
413       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
414           << "block";
415       return true;
416     }
417     // we have a block type, check the prototype
418     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
419         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
420     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
421       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
422              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
423       return true;
424     }
425     return false;
426   }
427   // we can have block + varargs.
428   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
429     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
430             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
431   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
432   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
433     // check common block argument.
434     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
435     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
436       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
437           << "block";
438       return true;
439     }
440     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
441       return true;
442 
443     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
444     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
445       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
446              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
447           << "integer";
448       return true;
449     }
450     // check remaining common arguments.
451     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
452     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
453 
454     // Fith argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
455     if (!Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
456       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
457              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
458           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
459       return true;
460     }
461 
462     // Sixth argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
463     if (!(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
464           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
465       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
466              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
467           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
468       return true;
469     }
470 
471     if (NumArgs == 7)
472       return false;
473 
474     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
475   }
476 
477   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
478   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
479          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
480   return true;
481 }
482 
483 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
484 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
485     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
486 }
487 
488 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
489 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
490   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
491   // First argument type should always be pipe.
492   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
493     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
494         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
495     return true;
496   }
497   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
498       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
499   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
500   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
501   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
502   // specified.
503   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
504   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
505   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
506   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
507   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
508   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
509   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
510   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
511     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
512       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
513              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
514           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
515       return true;
516     }
517     break;
518   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
519   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
520   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
521   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
522   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
523   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
524   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
525     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
526       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
527              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
528           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
529       return true;
530     }
531     break;
532   default:
533     break;
534   }
535   return false;
536 }
537 
538 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
539 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
540   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
541   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
542   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
543   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
544   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
545   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
546   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
547   if (!ArgTy ||
548       !S.Context.hasSameType(
549           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
550     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
551         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
552         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
553     return true;
554   }
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
559 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
560 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
561 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
562 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
563   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
564   // functions have two forms.
565   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
566   case 2: {
567     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
568       return true;
569     // The call with 2 arguments should be
570     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
571     // Check packet type T.
572     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
573       return true;
574   } break;
575 
576   case 4: {
577     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
578       return true;
579     // The call with 4 arguments should be
580     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
581     // Check reserve_id_t.
582     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
583       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
584           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
585           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
586       return true;
587     }
588 
589     // Check the index.
590     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
591     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
592         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
593       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
594           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
595           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
596       return true;
597     }
598 
599     // Check packet type T.
600     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
601       return true;
602   } break;
603   default:
604     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
605         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608 
609   return false;
610 }
611 
612 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
613 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
614 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
615 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
616 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
617 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
618   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
619     return true;
620 
621   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
622     return true;
623 
624   // Check the reserve size.
625   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
626       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
627     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
628         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
629         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
630     return true;
631   }
632 
633   return false;
634 }
635 
636 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
637 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
638 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
639 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
640 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
641 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
642   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
643     return true;
644 
645   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
646     return true;
647 
648   // Check reserve_id_t.
649   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
650     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
651         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
652         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
653     return true;
654   }
655 
656   return false;
657 }
658 
659 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
660 //        Query Functions.
661 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
662 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
663 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
664 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
665   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
666     return true;
667 
668   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
669     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
670         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
671     return true;
672   }
673 
674   return false;
675 }
676 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
677 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
678 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
679 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
680 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
681 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
682 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
683                                     CallExpr *Call) {
684   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
685     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
686         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
687     return true;
688   }
689 
690   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
691   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
692       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
693     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
694         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
695     return true;
696   }
697 
698   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
699   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
700   switch (BuiltinID) {
701   case Builtin::BIto_global:
702     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
703     break;
704   case Builtin::BIto_local:
705     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
706     break;
707   default:
708     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
709   }
710   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
711       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 ExprResult
717 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
718                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
719   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
720 
721   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
722   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
723   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
724   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
725   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
726     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
727 
728   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
729   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
730     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
731     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
732 
733     llvm::APSInt Result;
734     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
735       return true;
736     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
737   }
738 
739   switch (BuiltinID) {
740   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
741     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
742            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
743     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
744       return ExprError();
745     break;
746   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
747   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
748     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
749       return ExprError();
750     break;
751   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
752     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
753     case llvm::Triple::arm:
754     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
755       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
756         return ExprError();
757       break;
758     default:
759       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
760         return ExprError();
761       break;
762     }
763     break;
764   }
765   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
766   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
767   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
768   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
770   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
771     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
772       return ExprError();
773     break;
774   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
775     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
776       return ExprError();
777     break;
778   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
779   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
780   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
781   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
782   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
783     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
784       return ExprError();
785     break;
786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
787     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
788     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
789     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
790   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
791     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
792       return ExprError();
793     break;
794   case Builtin::BI__assume:
795   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
796     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
797       return ExprError();
798     break;
799   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
800     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
801       return ExprError();
802     break;
803   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
804     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
805       return ExprError();
806     break;
807   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
808     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
812     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
813       return ExprError();
814     break;
815   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
816   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
817     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
818       return true;
819     break;
820 
821   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
822     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
823     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
824     break;
825   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
826     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
827     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
828     break;
829   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
830   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
831   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
832   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
833   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
834   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
835   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
836   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
843   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
844   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
845   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
852   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
853   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
854   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
861   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
862   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
863   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
865   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
866   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
867   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
868   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
869   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
870   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
871   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
872   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
873   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
874   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
875   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
876   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
877   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
878   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
879   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
880   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
881   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
882   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
883   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
884   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
885   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
886   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
931     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
932   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
933   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
934     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
935 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
936 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
937   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
938     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
939 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
940   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
941     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
942       return ExprError();
943     break;
944   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
945     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
946       return ExprError();
947     break;
948   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
949   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
950   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
951     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
952       return ExprError();
953     break;
954   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
955   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
956     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
957       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
958         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
959                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
960                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
961         << "C++";
962       return ExprError();
963     }
964     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
965     // so ensure that they are declared.
966     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
967     break;
968 
969   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
970   // are detectable at compile time
971   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
972   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
973   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
974   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
975   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
976   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
977   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
978   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
979     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
980     break;
981   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
982     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
983     break;
984   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
985   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
986     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
987     break;
988   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
989     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
990       return ExprError();
991     break;
992   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
993   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
994     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
995                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
996       return ExprError();
997     break;
998   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
999   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1000     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1001                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1002       return ExprError();
1003     break;
1004   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1005     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1006       return ExprError();
1007 
1008     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1009             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1010             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1011             TheCall))
1012       return ExprError();
1013 
1014     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1015     break;
1016   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1017   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1018   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1019     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1020     // check for the argument.
1021     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1022       return ExprError();
1023     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1024     break;
1025   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1026   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1027   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1028   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1029   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1030   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1031     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1032       return ExprError();
1033     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1034     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1035     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1036     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1037     break;
1038   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1039   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1040   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1041   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1042   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1043   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1044     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1045       return ExprError();
1046     break;
1047   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1048   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1049     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1050       return ExprError();
1051     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1052     break;
1053   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1054   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1055   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1056     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1057       return ExprError();
1058     break;
1059   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1060   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1061     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1062       return ExprError();
1063     break;
1064   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1065   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1066     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1067       return ExprError();
1068   }
1069 
1070   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1071   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1072   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1073     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1074       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1075       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1076       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1077       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1078         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1079           return ExprError();
1080         break;
1081       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1082       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1083         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1084           return ExprError();
1085         break;
1086       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1087       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1088       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1089       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1090         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1091           return ExprError();
1092         break;
1093       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1094         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1095           return ExprError();
1096         break;
1097       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1098       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1099         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1100           return ExprError();
1101         break;
1102       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1103       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1104       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1105         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1106           return ExprError();
1107         break;
1108       default:
1109         break;
1110     }
1111   }
1112 
1113   return TheCallResult;
1114 }
1115 
1116 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1117 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1118   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1119   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1120   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1121   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1122   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1123     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1124   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1125   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1126     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1127   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1128     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1129   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1130   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1131     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1132   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1133     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1134   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1135     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1136     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1137   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1138     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1139     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1140   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1141     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1142     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1143   }
1144   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1148 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1149 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1150 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1151                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1152   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1153   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1154     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1155   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1156     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1157   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1158     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1159   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1160     if (IsInt64Long)
1161       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1162     else
1163       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1164                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1165   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1166     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1167   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1168     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1169   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1170     if (IsInt64Long)
1171       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1172     else
1173       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1174   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1175     break;
1176   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1177     return Context.HalfTy;
1178   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1179     return Context.FloatTy;
1180   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1181     return Context.DoubleTy;
1182   }
1183   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1184 }
1185 
1186 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1187   llvm::APSInt Result;
1188   uint64_t mask = 0;
1189   unsigned TV = 0;
1190   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1191   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1192   switch (BuiltinID) {
1193 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1194 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1195 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1196   }
1197 
1198   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1199   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1200   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1201   if (mask) {
1202     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1203       return true;
1204 
1205     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1206     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1207       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1208         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1209   }
1210 
1211   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1212     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1213     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1214     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1215       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1216     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1217     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1218 
1219     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1220     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
1221     bool IsInt64Long =
1222         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1223     QualType EltTy =
1224         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1225     if (HasConstPtr)
1226       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1227     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1228     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1229     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1230     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1231       return true;
1232     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1233                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1234       return true;
1235   }
1236 
1237   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1238   // instruction, range check them here.
1239   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1240   switch (BuiltinID) {
1241   default:
1242     return false;
1243 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1244 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1245 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1246   }
1247 
1248   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1249 }
1250 
1251 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1252                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1253   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1254           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1255           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1256           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1257           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1258           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1259           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1260           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1261          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1262   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1263                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1264                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1265                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1266 
1267   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1268 
1269   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1270   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1271     return true;
1272 
1273   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1274   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1275   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1276   // casts here.
1277   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1278   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1279   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1280     return true;
1281   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1282 
1283   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1284   if (!pointerType) {
1285     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1286       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1287     return true;
1288   }
1289 
1290   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1291   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1292   // what the appropriate type is.
1293   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1294   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1295   if (IsLdrex)
1296     AddrType.addConst();
1297 
1298   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1299   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1300   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1301     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1302     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1303       << PointerArg->getType()
1304       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1305       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1306   }
1307 
1308   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1309   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1310   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1311   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1312     return true;
1313   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1314 
1315   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1316 
1317   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1318   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1319       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1320     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1321       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1322     return true;
1323   }
1324 
1325   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1326   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1327     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1328     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1329       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1330     return true;
1331   }
1332 
1333   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1334   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1335   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1336     // okay
1337     break;
1338 
1339   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1340   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1341   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1342     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1343       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1344     return true;
1345   }
1346 
1347   if (IsLdrex) {
1348     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1349     return false;
1350   }
1351 
1352   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1353   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1354   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1355       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1356   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1357   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1358     return true;
1359   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1360 
1361   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1362   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1363   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1364   return false;
1365 }
1366 
1367 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1368   llvm::APSInt Result;
1369 
1370   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1371       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1372       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1373       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1374     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1375   }
1376 
1377   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1378     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1379       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1380   }
1381 
1382   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1383       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1384     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1385 
1386   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1387       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1388       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1389       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1390     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1391 
1392   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1393     return true;
1394 
1395   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1396   // range check them here.
1397   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1398   switch (BuiltinID) {
1399   default: return false;
1400   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1401   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1402   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1403   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1404   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1405   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1406   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1407   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1408   }
1409 
1410   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1411   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1412 }
1413 
1414 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1415                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1416   llvm::APSInt Result;
1417 
1418   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1419       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1420       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1421       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1422     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1423   }
1424 
1425   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1426     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1427       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1428       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1429       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1430   }
1431 
1432   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1433       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1434     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1435 
1436   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1437       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1438       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1439       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1440     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1441 
1442   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1443     return true;
1444 
1445   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1446   // range check them here.
1447   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1448   switch (BuiltinID) {
1449   default: return false;
1450   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1451   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1452   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1453   }
1454 
1455   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1456 }
1457 
1458 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1459   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1460   switch (BuiltinID) {
1461   default: return false;
1462   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1463   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1464   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1465   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1466   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1467   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1468   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1469   }
1470 
1471   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1472 }
1473 
1474 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1475   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1476   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1477                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1478                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1479   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1480                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1481                                             .getTargetInfo()
1482                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1483   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1484                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1485                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1486                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1487 
1488   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1489       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1490              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1491 
1492   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1493       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1494        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1495     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1496            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1497 
1498   switch (BuiltinID) {
1499   default: return false;
1500   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1501   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1502     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1503            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1504   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1505   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1506   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1507   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1508   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1509   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1510   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1511     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1512            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1513   }
1514   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1515 }
1516 
1517 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1518                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1519   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1520     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1521     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1522     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1523         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1524       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1525              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1526   }
1527 
1528   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1529   // range check them here.
1530   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1531   switch (BuiltinID) {
1532   default: return false;
1533   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1534   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1535   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1536   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1537   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1538   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1539   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1540   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1541   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1542   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1543   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1544   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1545   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1546   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1547   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1548   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1549   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1550   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1551     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1552            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1553   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1554   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1555   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1556   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1557   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1558   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1559   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1560   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1561   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1562   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1563   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1564   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1565   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1566   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1567   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1568   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1569   }
1570   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1571 }
1572 
1573 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1574 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1575 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1576 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1577   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1578 
1579   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1580   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1581     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1582            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1583 
1584   // Check the contents of the string.
1585   StringRef Feature =
1586       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1587   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1588     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1589            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1590   return false;
1591 }
1592 
1593 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1594   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1595   switch (BuiltinID) {
1596   default:
1597     return false;
1598   case X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports:
1599     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1600   case X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start:
1601     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1602   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u64:
1603   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarry_u64:
1604   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subborrow_u64:
1605   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_readeflags_u64:
1606   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_writeeflags_u64:
1607   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextr_u64:
1608   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextri_u64:
1609   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bzhi_di:
1610   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pdep_di:
1611   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pext_di:
1612   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_crc32di:
1613   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fxsave64:
1614   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fxrstor64:
1615   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsave64:
1616   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xrstor64:
1617   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsaveopt64:
1618   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xrstors64:
1619   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsavec64:
1620   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsaves64:
1621   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdfsbase64:
1622   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdgsbase64:
1623   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_wrfsbase64:
1624   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_wrgsbase64:
1625   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq512_gpr_mask:
1626   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq256_gpr_mask:
1627   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq128_gpr_mask:
1628   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1629   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1630   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1631   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1632   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1633   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1634   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1635   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1636   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtss2si64:
1637   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttss2si64:
1638   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si64:
1639   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttsd2si64:
1640   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd64:
1641   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss64:
1642   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1643   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1644   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdseed64_step: {
1645     // These builtins only work on x86-64 targets.
1646     const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
1647     if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
1648       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1649                   diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
1650     return false;
1651   }
1652   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x4_mask:
1653   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x4_mask:
1654   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x8_mask:
1655   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x8_mask:
1656   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_256_mask:
1657   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_256_mask:
1658   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_256_mask:
1659   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_256_mask:
1660     i = 1; l = 0; u = 1;
1661     break;
1662   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
1663   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_mask:
1664   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_mask:
1665   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_512_mask:
1666   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_512_mask:
1667     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
1668     break;
1669   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x8_mask:
1670   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x8_mask:
1671   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x4_mask:
1672   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x4_mask:
1673   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_256_mask:
1674   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_256_mask:
1675   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_256_mask:
1676   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_256_mask:
1677     i = 2; l = 0; u = 1;
1678     break;
1679   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
1680   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
1681   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
1682   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
1683   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
1684   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_512_mask:
1685   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_512_mask:
1686   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_mask:
1687   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_mask:
1688     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
1689     break;
1690   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
1691   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
1692   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
1693   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
1694     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
1695     break;
1696   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
1697   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
1698   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
1699   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
1700   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
1701   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
1702   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
1703   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
1704   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
1705   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
1706   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
1707   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
1708   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
1709   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
1710   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
1711   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
1712   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
1713   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
1714   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
1715   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
1716   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
1717   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
1718   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
1719   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
1720   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
1721   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
1722   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
1723   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
1724   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
1725   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
1726   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
1727   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
1728     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
1729     break;
1730   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
1731   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
1732   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
1733   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
1734     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
1735     break;
1736   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
1737   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
1738   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
1739   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
1740   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1741   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
1742   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
1743   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1744   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1745   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1746     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
1747     break;
1748   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
1749   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
1750   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
1751   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
1752   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
1753   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
1754   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
1755   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
1756   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
1757   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
1758   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1759   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1760   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1761   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1762     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
1763     break;
1764   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
1765     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
1766     break;
1767   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
1768   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
1769     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
1770     break;
1771   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
1772   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
1773   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
1774   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
1775   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
1776   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
1777   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1778   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1779   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
1780   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
1781   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1782   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
1783   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
1784   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1785   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
1786   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
1787   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
1788   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
1789   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
1790   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
1791   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
1792   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
1793   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
1794   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
1795   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi512_mask:
1796   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi128_mask:
1797   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi256_mask:
1798   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi128_mask:
1799   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi256_mask:
1800   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi512_mask:
1801   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi128_mask:
1802   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi256_mask:
1803   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi512_mask:
1804   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi512_mask:
1805   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi128_mask:
1806   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi256_mask:
1807   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi512_mask:
1808   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi128_mask:
1809   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi256_mask:
1810   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi128_mask:
1811   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi256_mask:
1812   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi512_mask:
1813   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi128_mask:
1814   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi256_mask:
1815   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi512_mask:
1816   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi128_mask:
1817   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi256_mask:
1818   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi512_mask:
1819   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi128_mask:
1820   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi256_mask:
1821   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi512_mask:
1822   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
1823   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
1824   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
1825   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
1826   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
1827   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
1828   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
1829   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
1830     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
1831     break;
1832   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
1833   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
1834   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
1835   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
1836   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
1837   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
1838   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
1839   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
1840   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
1841   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
1842   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
1843   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
1844   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
1845   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
1846   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
1847   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
1848   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
1849   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
1850   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
1851     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
1852     break;
1853   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
1854   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
1855   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128_mask:
1856   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256_mask:
1857   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
1858   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
1859   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
1861   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
1862   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
1863   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
1864   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1865   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1866   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
1867   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
1868   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
1869   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
1870   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
1871   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
1872   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
1873     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
1874     break;
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1877   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1882   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
1893   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
1894   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
1903     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
1904     break;
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
1912     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
1913     break;
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1916     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
1917     break;
1918   }
1919   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1920 }
1921 
1922 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
1923 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
1924 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
1925 /// been populated.
1926 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
1927                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
1928   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
1929   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
1930   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
1931 
1932   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
1933   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
1934   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
1935   if (IsCXXMember) {
1936     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
1937       return false;
1938     --FSI->FormatIdx;
1939     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
1940       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
1941   }
1942   return true;
1943 }
1944 
1945 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
1946 ///
1947 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
1948 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
1949   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
1950   if (auto nullability
1951         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
1952     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
1953       return false;
1954   }
1955 
1956   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
1957   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
1958   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
1959     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
1960       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
1961           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
1962         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
1963             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
1964           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
1965   }
1966 
1967   bool Result;
1968   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
1969           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
1970           !Result);
1971 }
1972 
1973 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
1974                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
1975                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
1976   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
1977     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
1978            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
1979 }
1980 
1981 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
1982   FormatStringInfo FSI;
1983   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
1984       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
1985     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
1986     return true;
1987   }
1988   return false;
1989 }
1990 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
1991 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
1992 static void
1993 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
1994                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
1995                                         Expr **Args,
1996                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
1997   unsigned Idx = 0;
1998   bool Format = false;
1999   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2000   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2001     Idx = 2;
2002     Format = true;
2003   }
2004   else
2005     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2006       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2007         Format = true;
2008         break;
2009       }
2010     }
2011   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2012     return;
2013   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2014   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2015     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2016   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2017   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2018       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2019     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2020   else
2021     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2022   if (!FormatString)
2023     return;
2024   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2025     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2026       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2027     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2028       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2029   }
2030 }
2031 
2032 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2033 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2034   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2035     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2036 
2037   return false;
2038 }
2039 
2040 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2041                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2042                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2043                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2044                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2045   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2046 
2047   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2048   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2049   if (FDecl) {
2050     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2051     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2052       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2053         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2054         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2055           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2056             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2057         return;
2058       }
2059 
2060       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2061         if (Val >= Args.size())
2062           continue;
2063         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2064           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2065         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2066       }
2067     }
2068   }
2069 
2070   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2071     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2072     // function/method.
2073     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2074     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2075       parms = FD->parameters();
2076     else
2077       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2078 
2079     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2080     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2081          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2082       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2083       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2084           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2085         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2086           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2087 
2088         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2089       }
2090     }
2091   } else {
2092     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2093     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2094     if (!Proto) {
2095       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2096         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2097         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2098           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2099         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2100           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2101         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2102 
2103         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2104         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2105       }
2106     }
2107 
2108     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2109     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2110     if (Proto) {
2111       unsigned Index = 0;
2112       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2113         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2114           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2115             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2116 
2117           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2118         }
2119 
2120         ++Index;
2121       }
2122     }
2123   }
2124 
2125   // Check for non-null arguments.
2126   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2127        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2128     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2129       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2130   }
2131 }
2132 
2133 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2134 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
2135 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2136                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
2137                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2138                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
2139   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2140   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2141     return;
2142 
2143   // Printf and scanf checking.
2144   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2145   if (FDecl) {
2146     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2147       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2148       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2149 
2150       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2151                            CheckedVarArgs);
2152     }
2153   }
2154 
2155   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2156   // checks above.
2157   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
2158     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2159                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2160                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2161                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2162                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2163                        : 0;
2164 
2165     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2166       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2167       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2168         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2169           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2170       }
2171     }
2172   }
2173 
2174   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2175     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2176 
2177     // Type safety checking.
2178     if (FDecl) {
2179       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2180         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2181     }
2182   }
2183 }
2184 
2185 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2186 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2187 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2188                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2189                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2190                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2191   VariadicCallType CallType =
2192     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2193   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
2194             CallType);
2195 }
2196 
2197 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2198 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2199 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2200                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2201   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2202                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2203   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2204                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2205   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2206                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2207   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2208   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2209   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2210     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2211     // from checkCall.
2212     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2213     ++Args;
2214     --NumArgs;
2215   }
2216   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2217             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2218             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2219 
2220   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2221   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2222   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2223   if (!FnInfo)
2224     return false;
2225 
2226   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
2227   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2228     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2229 
2230   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2231   if (CMId == 0)
2232     return false;
2233 
2234   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2235   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2236     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2237   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2238     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2239   else
2240     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2241 
2242   return false;
2243 }
2244 
2245 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2246                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2247   VariadicCallType CallType =
2248       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2249 
2250   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
2251             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2252             CallType);
2253 
2254   return false;
2255 }
2256 
2257 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2258                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2259   QualType Ty;
2260   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2261     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2262   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2263     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2264   else
2265     return false;
2266 
2267   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2268       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2269     return false;
2270 
2271   VariadicCallType CallType;
2272   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2273     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2274   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2275     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2276   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2277     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2278   }
2279 
2280   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2281             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2282             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2283             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2284 
2285   return false;
2286 }
2287 
2288 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2289 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2290 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2291   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2292                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2293   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2294             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2295             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2296             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2297 
2298   return false;
2299 }
2300 
2301 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2302   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2303     return false;
2304 
2305   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2306   switch (Op) {
2307   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2308     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2309 
2310   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2311   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2312   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2313     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2314            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2315 
2316   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2317   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2318   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2319     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2320            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2321            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2322 
2323   default:
2324     return true;
2325   }
2326 }
2327 
2328 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2329                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2330   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2331   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2332 
2333   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2334   enum {
2335     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2336     Init,
2337     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2338     Load,
2339     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2340     LoadCopy,
2341     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2342     Copy,
2343     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2344     Arithmetic,
2345     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2346     Xchg,
2347     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2348     GNUXchg,
2349     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2350     C11CmpXchg,
2351     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2352     GNUCmpXchg
2353   } Form = Init;
2354   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2355   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2356   // where:
2357   //   C is an appropriate type,
2358   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2359   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2360   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2361   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2362 
2363   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2364                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2365                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2366                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2367   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2368                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2369   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2370              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2371              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2372              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2373   bool IsAddSub = false;
2374 
2375   switch (Op) {
2376   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2377     Form = Init;
2378     break;
2379 
2380   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2381   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2382     Form = Load;
2383     break;
2384 
2385   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2386     Form = LoadCopy;
2387     break;
2388 
2389   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2390   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2391   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2392     Form = Copy;
2393     break;
2394 
2395   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2396   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2397   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2398   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2399   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2400   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2401     IsAddSub = true;
2402     // Fall through.
2403   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2404   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2405   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2406   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2407   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2408   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2409   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2410   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2411   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2412   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2413   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2414     Form = Arithmetic;
2415     break;
2416 
2417   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2418   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2419     Form = Xchg;
2420     break;
2421 
2422   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2423     Form = GNUXchg;
2424     break;
2425 
2426   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2427   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2428     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2429     break;
2430 
2431   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2432   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2433     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2434     break;
2435   }
2436 
2437   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2438   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2439     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2440       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2441       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2442     return ExprError();
2443   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2444     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2445          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2446       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2447       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2448     return ExprError();
2449   }
2450 
2451   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2452   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2453   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2454   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2455     return ExprError();
2456 
2457   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2458   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2459   if (!pointerType) {
2460     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2461       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2462     return ExprError();
2463   }
2464 
2465   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2466   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2467   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2468   if (IsC11) {
2469     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2470       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2471         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2472       return ExprError();
2473     }
2474     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2475       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2476         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2477       return ExprError();
2478     }
2479     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2480   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2481     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2482       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2483         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2484       return ExprError();
2485     }
2486   }
2487 
2488   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2489   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2490     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2491     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2492       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2493         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2494       return ExprError();
2495     }
2496     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2497       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2498         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2499       return ExprError();
2500     }
2501     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2502         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2503                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2504       return ExprError();
2505     }
2506   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2507     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2508     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2509     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2510       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2511     return ExprError();
2512   }
2513 
2514   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2515       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2516     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2517     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2518     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2519       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2520     return ExprError();
2521   }
2522 
2523   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2524   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2525   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2526     // okay
2527     break;
2528 
2529   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2530   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2531   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2532     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2533     // to be trivially copyable.
2534     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2535       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2536     return ExprError();
2537   }
2538 
2539   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2540   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2541   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2542   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2543   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2544   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2545   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2546     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2547   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2548     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2549 
2550   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2551   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2552   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2553   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2554     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2555 
2556   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2557   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2558   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2559   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2560     QualType Ty;
2561     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2562       switch (i) {
2563       case 1:
2564         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2565         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2566         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2567         // by-value.
2568         assert(Form != Load);
2569         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2570           Ty = ValType;
2571         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2572           Ty = ByValType;
2573         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2574           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2575         else {
2576           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2577           unsigned AS = 0;
2578           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2579           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2580                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2581             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2582           }
2583           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2584               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2585         }
2586         break;
2587       case 2:
2588         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2589         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2590         Ty = ByValType;
2591         break;
2592       case 3:
2593         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2594         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2595         break;
2596       }
2597     } else {
2598       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2599       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2600     }
2601 
2602     InitializedEntity Entity =
2603         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2604     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2605     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2606     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2607       return true;
2608     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2609   }
2610 
2611   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2612   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2613   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2614   switch (Form) {
2615   case Init:
2616     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2617     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2618     break;
2619   case Load:
2620     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2621     break;
2622   case LoadCopy:
2623   case Copy:
2624   case Arithmetic:
2625   case Xchg:
2626     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2627     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2628     break;
2629   case GNUXchg:
2630     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2631     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2632     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2633     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2634     break;
2635   case C11CmpXchg:
2636     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2637     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2638     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2639     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2640     break;
2641   case GNUCmpXchg:
2642     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2643     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2644     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2645     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2646     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2647     break;
2648   }
2649 
2650   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2651     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2652     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2653         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2654       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2655            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2656           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2657   }
2658 
2659   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2660                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2661                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2662 
2663   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2664        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2665       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2666     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2667     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2668 
2669   return AE;
2670 }
2671 
2672 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2673 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2674 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2675 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2676 /// them.
2677 ///
2678 /// Returns true on error.
2679 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
2680   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
2681   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
2682 
2683   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
2684   InitializedEntity Entity =
2685     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
2686 
2687   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
2688   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2689   if (Arg.isInvalid())
2690     return true;
2691 
2692   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
2693   return false;
2694 }
2695 
2696 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
2697 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
2698 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
2699 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
2700 /// void(...).
2701 ///
2702 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2703 /// builtins,
2704 ExprResult
2705 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
2706   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
2707   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2708   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
2709 
2710   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
2711   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
2712     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2713       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2714       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2715     return ExprError();
2716   }
2717 
2718   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
2719   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
2720   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
2721   // casts here.
2722   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
2723   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2724   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
2725   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
2726     return ExprError();
2727   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
2728   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
2729 
2730   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2731   if (!pointerType) {
2732     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2733       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2734     return ExprError();
2735   }
2736 
2737   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2738   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
2739       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2740     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
2741       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2742     return ExprError();
2743   }
2744 
2745   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2746   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2747   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2748     // okay
2749     break;
2750 
2751   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2752   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2753   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2754     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2755       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2756     return ExprError();
2757   }
2758 
2759   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
2760   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
2761 
2762   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
2763   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
2764   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2765 
2766   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
2767   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
2768   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
2769 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
2770   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
2771     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
2772 
2773   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
2774     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
2775     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
2776     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
2777     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
2778     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
2779     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
2780 
2781     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
2782     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
2783     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
2784     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
2785     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
2786     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
2787 
2788     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
2789     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
2790     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
2791     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
2792     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
2793   };
2794 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
2795 
2796   // Determine the index of the size.
2797   unsigned SizeIndex;
2798   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
2799   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
2800   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
2801   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
2802   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
2803   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
2804   default:
2805     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
2806       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2807     return ExprError();
2808   }
2809 
2810   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
2811   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
2812   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
2813   // as the number of fixed args.
2814   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
2815   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
2816   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
2817   switch (BuiltinID) {
2818   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
2819   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
2820   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
2821   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
2822   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
2823   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
2824   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
2825     BuiltinIndex = 0;
2826     break;
2827 
2828   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
2829   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
2830   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
2831   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
2832   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
2833   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
2834     BuiltinIndex = 1;
2835     break;
2836 
2837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
2838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
2839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
2840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
2841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
2842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
2843     BuiltinIndex = 2;
2844     break;
2845 
2846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
2847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
2848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
2849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
2850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
2851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
2852     BuiltinIndex = 3;
2853     break;
2854 
2855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
2856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
2857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
2858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
2859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
2860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
2861     BuiltinIndex = 4;
2862     break;
2863 
2864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
2865   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
2866   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
2867   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
2868   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
2869   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
2870     BuiltinIndex = 5;
2871     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
2872     break;
2873 
2874   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
2875   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
2876   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
2877   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
2878   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
2879   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
2880     BuiltinIndex = 6;
2881     break;
2882 
2883   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
2884   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
2885   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
2886   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
2887   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
2888   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
2889     BuiltinIndex = 7;
2890     break;
2891 
2892   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
2893   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
2894   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
2895   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
2896   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
2897   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
2898     BuiltinIndex = 8;
2899     break;
2900 
2901   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
2902   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
2903   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
2904   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
2905   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
2906   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
2907     BuiltinIndex = 9;
2908     break;
2909 
2910   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
2911   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
2912   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
2913   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
2914   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
2915   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
2916     BuiltinIndex = 10;
2917     break;
2918 
2919   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
2920   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
2921   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
2922   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
2923   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
2924   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
2925     BuiltinIndex = 11;
2926     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
2927     break;
2928 
2929   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
2930   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
2931   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
2932   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
2933   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
2934   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
2935     BuiltinIndex = 12;
2936     NumFixed = 2;
2937     break;
2938 
2939   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
2940   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
2941   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
2942   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
2943   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
2944   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
2945     BuiltinIndex = 13;
2946     NumFixed = 2;
2947     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2948     break;
2949 
2950   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
2951   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
2952   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
2953   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
2954   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
2955   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
2956     BuiltinIndex = 14;
2957     break;
2958 
2959   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
2960   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
2961   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
2962   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
2963   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
2964   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
2965     BuiltinIndex = 15;
2966     NumFixed = 0;
2967     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2968     break;
2969 
2970   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
2971   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
2972   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
2973   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
2974   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
2975   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
2976     BuiltinIndex = 16;
2977     break;
2978   }
2979 
2980   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
2981   // have at least that many.
2982   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
2983     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2984       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2985       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2986     return ExprError();
2987   }
2988 
2989   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
2990     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
2991       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2992   }
2993 
2994   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
2995   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
2996   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
2997   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
2998   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
2999   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3000     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3001   else {
3002     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3003     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3004     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3005     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3006     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3007     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3008     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3009       return ExprError();
3010   }
3011 
3012   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3013   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3014   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3015   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3016     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3017 
3018     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3019     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3020     // Initialize the argument.
3021     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3022                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3023     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3024     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3025       return ExprError();
3026 
3027     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3028     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3029     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3030     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3031     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3032     // FIXME: Do this check.
3033     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3034   }
3035 
3036   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3037 
3038   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3039   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3040       Context,
3041       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3042       SourceLocation(),
3043       NewBuiltinDecl,
3044       /*enclosing*/ false,
3045       DRE->getLocation(),
3046       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3047       DRE->getValueKind());
3048 
3049   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3050   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3051   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3052   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3053                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3054   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3055 
3056   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3057   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3058   // gracefully.
3059   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3060 
3061   return TheCallResult;
3062 }
3063 
3064 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3065 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3066 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3067 ///
3068 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3069 /// builtins.
3070 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3071   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3072   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3073       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3074   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3075   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3076   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3077           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3078          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3079   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3080   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3081 
3082   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3083   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3084     return ExprError();
3085 
3086   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3087   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3088   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3089   // casts here.
3090   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3091   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3092       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3093 
3094   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3095     return ExprError();
3096   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3097   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3098 
3099   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3100   if (!pointerType) {
3101     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3102         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3103     return ExprError();
3104   }
3105 
3106   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3107 
3108   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3109   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3110   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3111       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3112       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3113     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3114          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3115         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3116     return ExprError();
3117   }
3118 
3119   if (!isStore) {
3120     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3121     return TheCallResult;
3122   }
3123 
3124   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3125   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3126       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3127   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3128   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3129     return ExprError();
3130 
3131   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3132   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3133   return TheCallResult;
3134 }
3135 
3136 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3137 /// CFString constructor is correct
3138 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3139 /// simplify the backend).
3140 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3141   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3142   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3143 
3144   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3145     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3146       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3147     return true;
3148   }
3149 
3150   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3151     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3152     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3153     SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3154     const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data();
3155     UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3156 
3157     ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
3158                                                  &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
3159                                                  strictConversion);
3160     // Check for conversion failure.
3161     if (Result != conversionOK)
3162       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3163            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3164   }
3165   return false;
3166 }
3167 
3168 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3169 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3170 /// on success.
3171 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3172   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3173   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3174     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3175          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3176       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3177       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3178       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3179                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3180     return true;
3181   }
3182 
3183   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3184     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3185       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3186       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3187   }
3188 
3189   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3190   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3191     return true;
3192 
3193   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3194   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
3195   bool isVariadic;
3196   if (CurBlock)
3197     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3198   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3199     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3200   else
3201     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
3202 
3203   if (!isVariadic) {
3204     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3205     return true;
3206   }
3207 
3208   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3209   // current function or method.
3210   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3211   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3212 
3213   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3214   // block.
3215   QualType Type;
3216   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3217   bool IsCRegister = false;
3218 
3219   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3220     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3221       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3222       // Get the last formal in the current function.
3223       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
3224       if (CurBlock)
3225         LastArg = CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters().back();
3226       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3227         LastArg = FD->parameters().back();
3228       else
3229         LastArg = getCurMethodDecl()->parameters().back();
3230       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
3231 
3232       Type = PV->getType();
3233       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3234       IsCRegister =
3235           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3236     }
3237   }
3238 
3239   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3240     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3241          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3242   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3243            Type->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
3244            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3245     unsigned Reason = 0;
3246     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3247     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3248     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3249     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3250   }
3251 
3252   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3253   return false;
3254 }
3255 
3256 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
3257 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
3258 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3259 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3260   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3261   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3262   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3263   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3264   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3265     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3266     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3267     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3268       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3269     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3270         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3271       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3272                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3273              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3274   }
3275   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3276 }
3277 
3278 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3279 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3280 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3281 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3282   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3283   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3284   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3285   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3286     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3287   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3288   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3289   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3290     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3291   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3292       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3293     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3294                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3295   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3296 }
3297 
3298 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3299   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3300   //                 const char *named_addr);
3301 
3302   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3303 
3304   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3305     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3306                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3307            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3308 
3309   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3310   bool IsVariadic;
3311   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3312     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3313   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3314     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3315   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3316     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3317   else
3318     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3319 
3320   if (!IsVariadic) {
3321     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3322     return true;
3323   }
3324 
3325   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3326   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3327     return true;
3328 
3329   const struct {
3330     unsigned ArgNo;
3331     QualType Type;
3332   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3333     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3334     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3335   };
3336 
3337   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3338     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3339     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3340       continue;
3341     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3342       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3343       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3344       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3345   }
3346 
3347   return false;
3348 }
3349 
3350 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3351 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3352 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3353   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3354     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3355       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3356   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3357     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3358                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3359       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3360       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3361                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3362 
3363   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3364   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3365 
3366   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3367   // type.
3368   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3369   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3370     return true;
3371 
3372   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3373   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3374   // foo(...)".
3375   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3376   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3377 
3378   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3379     return false;
3380 
3381   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3382   // invalid for this operation.
3383   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3384     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3385                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3386       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3387       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3388 
3389   return false;
3390 }
3391 
3392 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3393 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3394 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3395 /// value.
3396 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3397   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3398     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3399       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3400   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3401     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3402                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3403       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3404       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3405                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3406 
3407   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3408 
3409   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3410     return false;
3411 
3412   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3413   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3414     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3415                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3416       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3417 
3418   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3419   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3420     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3421     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3422       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3423              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3424       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3425       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3426     }
3427   }
3428 
3429   return false;
3430 }
3431 
3432 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3433 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3434 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3435   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3436     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3437                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3438                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3439                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3440 
3441   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3442   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3443   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3444   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3445   unsigned numElements = 0;
3446 
3447   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3448       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3449     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3450     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3451 
3452     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3453       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3454                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3455                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3456                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3457 
3458     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3459     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3460 
3461     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3462     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3463     // same number of elts as lhs.
3464     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3465       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3466           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3467         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3468                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3469                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3470                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3471     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3472       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3473                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3474                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3475                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3476     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3477       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3478       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3479                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3480     }
3481   }
3482 
3483   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3484     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3485         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3486       continue;
3487 
3488     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3489     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3490       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3491                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3492                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3493 
3494     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3495     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3496       continue;
3497 
3498     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3499       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3500                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3501                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3502   }
3503 
3504   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3505 
3506   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3507     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3508     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3509   }
3510 
3511   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3512                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3513                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3514 }
3515 
3516 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3517 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3518                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3519                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3520   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3521   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3522   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3523   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3524 
3525   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3526     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3527                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3528                      << E->getSourceRange());
3529   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3530     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3531                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3532 
3533   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3534     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3535     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3536     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3537       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3538                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3539                        << E->getSourceRange());
3540   }
3541 
3542   return new (Context)
3543       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3544 }
3545 
3546 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3547 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3548 // optional constant int args.
3549 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3550   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3551 
3552   if (NumArgs > 3)
3553     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3554              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3555              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3556              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3557 
3558   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3559   // constant integers.
3560   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3561     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3562       return true;
3563 
3564   return false;
3565 }
3566 
3567 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3568 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3569 // has side effects.
3570 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3571   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3572   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3573 
3574   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3575     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3576       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3577       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3578 
3579   return false;
3580 }
3581 
3582 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3583 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3584 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3585   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3586 
3587   if (NumArgs > 3)
3588     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3589              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3590              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3591              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3592 
3593   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3594   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3595 
3596   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3597   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3598     llvm::APSInt Result;
3599     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3600       return true;
3601 
3602     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3603       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3604                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3605            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3606   }
3607 
3608   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3609     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3610     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3611       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3612     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3613     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3614     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3615   }
3616 
3617   return false;
3618 }
3619 
3620 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3621 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
3622 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3623                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
3624   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3625   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3626   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3627 
3628   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
3629 
3630   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3631     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
3632                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
3633 
3634   return false;
3635 }
3636 
3637 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3638 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
3639 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3640                                        int Low, int High) {
3641   llvm::APSInt Result;
3642 
3643   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3644   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3645   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3646     return false;
3647 
3648   // Check constant-ness first.
3649   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
3650     return true;
3651 
3652   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
3653     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
3654       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
3655 
3656   return false;
3657 }
3658 
3659 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3660 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
3661 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
3662                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
3663                                     bool AllowName) {
3664   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3665                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3666                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3667                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3668                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3669                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3670   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3671                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3672                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3673                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3674                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3675                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3676   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
3677 
3678   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3679   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3680   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3681     return false;
3682 
3683   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
3684   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3685     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
3686            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3687 
3688   // Check the type of special register given.
3689   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
3690   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
3691   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
3692 
3693   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
3694     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3695            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3696 
3697   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
3698   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
3699   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
3700   // ranges.
3701   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
3702     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
3703 
3704     bool ValidString = true;
3705     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
3706       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
3707                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
3708       if (ValidString)
3709         Fields[0] =
3710           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
3711 
3712       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
3713       if (ValidString)
3714         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
3715 
3716       if (FiveFields) {
3717         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
3718         if (ValidString)
3719           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
3720       }
3721     }
3722 
3723     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
3724     if (FiveFields)
3725       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
3726     else
3727       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
3728 
3729     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
3730       int IntField;
3731       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
3732       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
3733     }
3734 
3735     if (!ValidString)
3736       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3737              << Arg->getSourceRange();
3738 
3739   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
3740     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
3741     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
3742     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
3743     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
3744     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
3745     // compile time.
3746     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
3747       return false;
3748 
3749     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
3750     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
3751         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
3752       return false;
3753 
3754     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
3755   }
3756 
3757   return false;
3758 }
3759 
3760 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
3761 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
3762 /// that val is a constant 1.
3763 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3764   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
3765     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
3766              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
3767 
3768   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3769   llvm::APSInt Result;
3770 
3771   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
3772   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3773     return true;
3774 
3775   if (Result != 1)
3776     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
3777              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
3778 
3779   return false;
3780 }
3781 
3782 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
3783 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
3784 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3785   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
3786     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
3787              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
3788   return false;
3789 }
3790 
3791 namespace {
3792 class UncoveredArgHandler {
3793   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
3794   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
3795   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
3796 
3797 public:
3798   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
3799 
3800   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
3801     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
3802   }
3803 
3804   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
3805     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
3806     return FirstUncoveredArg;
3807   }
3808 
3809   void setAllCovered() {
3810     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
3811     // the diagnostics.
3812     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
3813     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
3814   }
3815 
3816   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
3817     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
3818 
3819     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
3820     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
3821       return;
3822 
3823     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
3824     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
3825     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
3826       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
3827     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
3828       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
3829       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
3830       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
3831     }
3832   }
3833 
3834   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
3835 };
3836 
3837 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
3838   SLCT_NotALiteral,
3839   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
3840   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
3841 };
3842 } // end anonymous namespace
3843 
3844 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const StringLiteral *FExpr,
3845                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
3846                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3847                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
3848                               unsigned firstDataArg,
3849                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
3850                               bool inFunctionCall,
3851                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
3852                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
3853                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
3854 
3855 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
3856 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
3857 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
3858 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
3859 static StringLiteralCheckType
3860 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3861                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
3862                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
3863                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
3864                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
3865                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
3866  tryAgain:
3867   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3868     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3869 
3870   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
3871 
3872   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
3873     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
3874     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
3875     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
3876     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
3877     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3878 
3879   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
3880   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
3881   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3882     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
3883     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
3884     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
3885         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
3886 
3887     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
3888     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
3889     // evaluated at compile time.
3890     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
3891 
3892     bool Cond;
3893     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
3894       if (Cond)
3895         CheckRight = false;
3896       else
3897         CheckLeft = false;
3898     }
3899 
3900     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
3901     if (!CheckLeft)
3902       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3903     else {
3904       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
3905                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
3906                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
3907                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
3908       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight)
3909         return Left;
3910     }
3911 
3912     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
3913         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
3914                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
3915                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
3916                               UncoveredArg);
3917 
3918     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
3919   }
3920 
3921   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3922     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3923     goto tryAgain;
3924   }
3925 
3926   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
3927     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
3928       E = src;
3929       goto tryAgain;
3930     }
3931     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3932 
3933   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
3934     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
3935     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
3936     // liability.
3937     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3938 
3939   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3940     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3941 
3942     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
3943     // const string literals.
3944     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3945       bool isConstant = false;
3946       QualType T = DR->getType();
3947 
3948       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3949         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
3950       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3951         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
3952                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
3953       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3954         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
3955         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
3956         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
3957       }
3958 
3959       if (isConstant) {
3960         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
3961           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
3962           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
3963             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
3964               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3965           }
3966           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
3967                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
3968                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
3969                                        /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs,
3970                                        UncoveredArg);
3971         }
3972       }
3973 
3974       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
3975       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
3976       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
3977       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
3978       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
3979       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
3980       //
3981       // void
3982       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
3983       //      va_list ap;
3984       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
3985       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
3986       //      ...
3987       // }
3988       if (HasVAListArg) {
3989         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
3990           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
3991             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
3992             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
3993               // adjust for implicit parameter
3994               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
3995                 if (MD->isInstance())
3996                   ++PVIndex;
3997               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
3998               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
3999               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4000                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4001                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4002             }
4003           }
4004         }
4005       }
4006     }
4007 
4008     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4009   }
4010 
4011   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4012   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4013     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4014     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4015       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4016         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4017         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4018           if (MD->isInstance())
4019             --ArgIndex;
4020         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4021 
4022         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4023                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4024                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4025                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4026       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4027         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4028         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4029             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4030           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4031           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4032                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4033                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4034                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4035                                        UncoveredArg);
4036         }
4037       }
4038     }
4039 
4040     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4041   }
4042   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4043   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4044     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4045 
4046     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4047       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4048     else
4049       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4050 
4051     if (StrE) {
4052       CheckFormatString(S, StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4053                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4054                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4055       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4056     }
4057 
4058     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4059   }
4060 
4061   default:
4062     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4063   }
4064 }
4065 
4066 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
4067   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
4068   .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
4069   .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
4070   .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
4071   .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
4072   .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
4073   .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
4074   .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
4075   .Case("os_trace", FST_OSTrace)
4076   .Default(FST_Unknown);
4077 }
4078 
4079 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
4080 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
4081 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
4082 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
4083                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4084                                 bool IsCXXMember,
4085                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4086                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4087                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4088   FormatStringInfo FSI;
4089   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
4090     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
4091                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
4092                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
4093   return false;
4094 }
4095 
4096 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4097                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4098                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
4099                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4100                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4101                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4102   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
4103   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
4104     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
4105     return false;
4106   }
4107 
4108   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
4109 
4110   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
4111   //
4112   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
4113   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
4114   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
4115   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
4116   // many format string exploits.
4117 
4118   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
4119   // C string (e.g. "%d")
4120   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
4121   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
4122   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
4123   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
4124       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
4125                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4126                             /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs,
4127                             UncoveredArg);
4128 
4129   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
4130   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
4131     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
4132     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
4133     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
4134   }
4135 
4136   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
4137     // Literal format string found, check done!
4138     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4139 
4140   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
4141   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
4142   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
4143     return false;
4144 
4145   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
4146   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
4147   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
4148   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
4149   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
4150   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
4151     return false;
4152 
4153   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
4154   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
4155   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
4156     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
4157       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4158     switch (Type) {
4159     default:
4160       break;
4161     case FST_Kprintf:
4162     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
4163     case FST_Printf:
4164       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4165         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
4166       break;
4167     case FST_NSString:
4168       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4169         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
4170       break;
4171     }
4172   } else {
4173     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
4174       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4175   }
4176   return false;
4177 }
4178 
4179 namespace {
4180 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
4181 protected:
4182   Sema &S;
4183   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4184   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
4185   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
4186   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
4187   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
4188   const bool HasVAListArg;
4189   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
4190   unsigned FormatIdx;
4191   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
4192   bool usesPositionalArgs;
4193   bool atFirstArg;
4194   bool inFunctionCall;
4195   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
4196   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
4197   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
4198 
4199 public:
4200   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
4201                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
4202                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4203                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4204                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
4205                      Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
4206                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4207                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4208     : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
4209       FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
4210       Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
4211       Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
4212       usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
4213       inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
4214       CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
4215     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
4216     CoveredArgs.reset();
4217   }
4218 
4219   void DoneProcessing();
4220 
4221   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4222                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
4223 
4224   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4225                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4226                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4227                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4228                            unsigned DiagID);
4229 
4230   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4231                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4232                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4233 
4234   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4235                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4236                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4237 
4238   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4239 
4240   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
4241                              unsigned specifierLen,
4242                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
4243 
4244   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4245 
4246   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
4247 
4248   template <typename Range>
4249   static void
4250   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4251                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4252                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4253                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4254 
4255 protected:
4256   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
4257                                         const char *startSpec,
4258                                         unsigned specifierLen,
4259                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4260 
4261   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4262                                          const char *startSpec,
4263                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4264 
4265   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4266   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4267                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4268   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4269 
4270   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4271 
4272   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4273                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4274                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4275                     unsigned argIndex);
4276 
4277   template <typename Range>
4278   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4279                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4280                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4281 };
4282 } // end anonymous namespace
4283 
4284 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4285   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4286 }
4287 
4288 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4289 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4290   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4291   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4292 
4293   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4294   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4295 
4296   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4297 }
4298 
4299 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4300   return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
4301 }
4302 
4303 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4304                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4305   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4306                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4307                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4308                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4309 }
4310 
4311 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4312     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4313     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4314     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4315   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4316 
4317   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4318   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4319 
4320   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4321   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4322   if (FixedLM) {
4323     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4324                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4325                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4326                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4327 
4328     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4329       << FixedLM->toString()
4330       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4331 
4332   } else {
4333     FixItHint Hint;
4334     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4335       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4336 
4337     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4338                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4339                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4340                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4341                          Hint);
4342   }
4343 }
4344 
4345 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4346     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4347     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4348   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4349 
4350   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4351   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4352 
4353   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4354   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4355   if (FixedLM) {
4356     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4357                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4358                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4359                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4360                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4361 
4362     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4363       << FixedLM->toString()
4364       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4365 
4366   } else {
4367     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4368                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4369                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4370                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4371                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4372   }
4373 }
4374 
4375 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4376     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4377     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4378   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4379 
4380   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
4381   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
4382   if (FixedCS) {
4383     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4384                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4385                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4386                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4387                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4388 
4389     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
4390     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4391       << FixedCS->toString()
4392       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
4393   } else {
4394     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4395                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4396                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4397                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4398                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4399   }
4400 }
4401 
4402 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
4403                                         unsigned posLen) {
4404   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
4405                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4406                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4407                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4408 }
4409 
4410 void
4411 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
4412                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
4413   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
4414                          << (unsigned) p,
4415                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4416                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4417 }
4418 
4419 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
4420                                             unsigned posLen) {
4421   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
4422                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4423                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4424                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4425 }
4426 
4427 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
4428   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
4429     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
4430     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4431       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
4432       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4433       getFormatStringRange());
4434   }
4435 }
4436 
4437 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
4438 // one of the argument expressions.
4439 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
4440   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
4441 }
4442 
4443 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
4444   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
4445   // format conversions in the format string?
4446   if (!HasVAListArg) {
4447       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
4448     CoveredArgs.flip();
4449     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
4450     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
4451       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
4452       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
4453     } else {
4454       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4455     }
4456   }
4457 }
4458 
4459 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
4460                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4461   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
4462          "Invalid state");
4463 
4464   if (!ArgExpr)
4465     return;
4466 
4467   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
4468 
4469   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
4470     return;
4471 
4472   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
4473   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
4474     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
4475 
4476   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4477                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
4478                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4479                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
4480 }
4481 
4482 bool
4483 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
4484                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
4485                                                      const char *startSpec,
4486                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
4487                                                      const char *csStart,
4488                                                      unsigned csLen) {
4489   bool keepGoing = true;
4490   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
4491     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
4492     // make sense.
4493     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4494   }
4495   else {
4496     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
4497     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
4498     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
4499     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
4500     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
4501     keepGoing = false;
4502   }
4503 
4504   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
4505 
4506   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
4507   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
4508   // hex value.
4509   std::string CodePointStr;
4510   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
4511     UTF32 CodePoint;
4512     const UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const UTF8 **>(&csStart);
4513     const UTF8 *E =
4514         reinterpret_cast<const UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
4515     ConversionResult Result =
4516         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, strictConversion);
4517 
4518     if (Result != conversionOK) {
4519       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
4520       CodePoint = (UTF32)FirstChar;
4521     }
4522 
4523     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
4524     if (CodePoint < 256)
4525       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
4526     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
4527       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
4528     else
4529       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
4530     OS.flush();
4531     Specifier = CodePointStr;
4532   }
4533 
4534   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4535       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
4536       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4537 
4538   return keepGoing;
4539 }
4540 
4541 void
4542 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4543                                                       const char *startSpec,
4544                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4545   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4546     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
4547     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4548 }
4549 
4550 bool
4551 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
4552   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4553   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4554   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
4555 
4556   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
4557     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
4558       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
4559            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
4560       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
4561     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4562       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4563       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4564 
4565     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
4566     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
4567     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4568     return false;
4569   }
4570   return true;
4571 }
4572 
4573 template<typename Range>
4574 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
4575                                               SourceLocation Loc,
4576                                               bool IsStringLocation,
4577                                               Range StringRange,
4578                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4579   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
4580                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
4581 }
4582 
4583 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
4584 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
4585 ///
4586 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
4587 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
4588 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
4589 ///
4590 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
4591 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
4592 /// diagnostics are emitted.
4593 ///
4594 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
4595 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
4596 /// to diagnostics.
4597 ///
4598 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
4599 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
4600 /// the other one.
4601 ///
4602 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
4603 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
4604 /// be used with PDiag.
4605 ///
4606 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
4607 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
4608 ///
4609 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
4610 template <typename Range>
4611 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4612     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4613     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
4614     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4615   if (InFunctionCall) {
4616     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
4617     D << StringRange;
4618     D << FixIt;
4619   } else {
4620     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
4621       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
4622 
4623     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
4624       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
4625              diag::note_format_string_defined);
4626 
4627     Note << StringRange;
4628     Note << FixIt;
4629   }
4630 }
4631 
4632 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
4633 
4634 namespace {
4635 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
4636   bool ObjCContext;
4637 
4638 public:
4639   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
4640                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
4641                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
4642                      const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4643                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4644                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
4645                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4646                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4647                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4648     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
4649                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args,
4650                          formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
4651                          UncoveredArg),
4652       ObjCContext(isObjC)
4653   {}
4654 
4655   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
4656                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4657                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4658                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
4659 
4660   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4661                              const char *startSpecifier,
4662                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
4663   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4664                        const char *StartSpecifier,
4665                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
4666                        const Expr *E);
4667 
4668   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
4669                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4670   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4671                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4672                            unsigned type,
4673                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4674   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4675                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4676                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4677   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4678                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
4679                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4680                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4681   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
4682                            const Expr *E);
4683 
4684   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4685                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
4686 
4687   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4688                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
4689 
4690   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
4691                                            const char *flagsEnd,
4692                                            const char *conversionPosition)
4693                                              override;
4694 };
4695 } // end anonymous namespace
4696 
4697 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
4698                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4699                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4700                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4701   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4702     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4703 
4704   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
4705                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4706                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
4707                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
4708 }
4709 
4710 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
4711                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4712                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
4713                                unsigned specifierLen) {
4714   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
4715     if (!HasVAListArg) {
4716       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
4717       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
4718         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
4719                                << k,
4720                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4721                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4722                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4723         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
4724         // spurious errors.
4725         return false;
4726       }
4727 
4728       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
4729       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
4730       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
4731       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
4732       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4733       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
4734       if (!Arg)
4735         return false;
4736 
4737       QualType T = Arg->getType();
4738 
4739       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
4740       assert(AT.isValid());
4741 
4742       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
4743         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
4744                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
4745                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
4746                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4747                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4748                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4749         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
4750         // spurious errors.
4751         return false;
4752       }
4753     }
4754   }
4755   return true;
4756 }
4757 
4758 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
4759                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4760                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4761                                       unsigned type,
4762                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4763                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4764   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4765     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4766 
4767   FixItHint fixit =
4768     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
4769       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
4770                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
4771       : FixItHint();
4772 
4773   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
4774                          << type << CS.toString(),
4775                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4776                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4777                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4778                        fixit);
4779 }
4780 
4781 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4782                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4783                                     const char *startSpecifier,
4784                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
4785   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
4786   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4787     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4788   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
4789                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
4790                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
4791                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4792                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4793                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4794                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
4795 }
4796 
4797 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
4798                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4799                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
4800                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4801                                 const char *startSpecifier,
4802                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
4803   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
4804   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
4805                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
4806                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
4807                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4808                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4809                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4810                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
4811 }
4812 
4813 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4814 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4815 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4816 
4817 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4818                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
4819   // Warn about an empty flag.
4820   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
4821                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
4822                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4823                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
4824 }
4825 
4826 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4827                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
4828   // Warn about an invalid flag.
4829   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
4830   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
4831   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
4832                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
4833                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4834                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
4835 }
4836 
4837 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
4838     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
4839     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
4840     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
4841     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
4842     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
4843                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
4844                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4845                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
4846 }
4847 
4848 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
4849 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
4850 // "c_str()").
4851 template<typename MemberKind>
4852 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
4853 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
4854   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4855   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
4856 
4857   if (!RT)
4858     return Results;
4859   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4860   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
4861     return Results;
4862 
4863   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
4864                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
4865   R.suppressDiagnostics();
4866 
4867   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
4868   // filter, at this point.
4869   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
4870     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4871       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4872       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
4873         Results.insert(FK);
4874     }
4875   return Results;
4876 }
4877 
4878 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
4879 ///
4880 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
4881 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
4882 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
4883   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
4884   MethodSet Results =
4885       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
4886   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
4887        MI != ME; ++MI)
4888     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
4889       return true;
4890   return false;
4891 }
4892 
4893 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
4894 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
4895 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
4896 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
4897     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
4898   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
4899 
4900   MethodSet Results =
4901       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
4902 
4903   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
4904        MI != ME; ++MI) {
4905     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
4906     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
4907         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
4908       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
4909       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
4910       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
4911           << "c_str()"
4912           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
4913       return true;
4914     }
4915   }
4916 
4917   return false;
4918 }
4919 
4920 bool
4921 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
4922                                             &FS,
4923                                           const char *startSpecifier,
4924                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
4925   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4926   using namespace analyze_printf;
4927   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4928 
4929   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
4930     if (atFirstArg) {
4931         atFirstArg = false;
4932         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
4933     }
4934     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
4935       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4936                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4937       return false;
4938     }
4939   }
4940 
4941   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
4942   // have matching data arguments.
4943   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
4944                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
4945     return false;
4946   }
4947 
4948   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
4949                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
4950     return false;
4951   }
4952 
4953   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
4954     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
4955     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
4956     return true;
4957   }
4958 
4959   // Consume the argument.
4960   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
4961   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
4962     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
4963     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
4964     // function if we encounter some other error.
4965     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4966   }
4967 
4968   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
4969   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
4970       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
4971     // We need at least two arguments.
4972     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
4973       return false;
4974 
4975     // Claim the second argument.
4976     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
4977 
4978     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
4979     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
4980     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
4981       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
4982         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
4983     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
4984       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4985         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
4986         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
4987         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
4988         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4989         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4990 
4991     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
4992     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
4993     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
4994     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
4995       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4996         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
4997         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
4998         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
4999         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5000         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5001 
5002      return true;
5003   }
5004 
5005   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5006   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5007   if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5008     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5009                                                   specifierLen);
5010   }
5011 
5012   // Check for invalid use of field width
5013   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
5014     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5015         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5016   }
5017 
5018   // Check for invalid use of precision
5019   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
5020     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5021         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5022   }
5023 
5024   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
5025   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
5026     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5027   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
5028     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5029   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
5030     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5031   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
5032     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5033   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
5034     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5035   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
5036     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5037 
5038   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
5039   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
5040     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
5041         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5042   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
5043     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
5044             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5045 
5046   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5047   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5048     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5049                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5050   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5051     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5052   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5053     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5054                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5055 
5056   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5057     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5058 
5059   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5060   if (HasVAListArg)
5061     return true;
5062 
5063   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5064     return false;
5065 
5066   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5067   if (!Arg)
5068     return true;
5069 
5070   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
5071 }
5072 
5073 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
5074   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
5075   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
5076   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
5077   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5078   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
5079     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
5080 
5081   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
5082   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
5083   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
5084   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
5085   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
5086   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
5087   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
5088   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
5089   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
5090   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
5091   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
5092   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
5093   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
5094   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
5095   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
5096   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
5097   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
5098   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
5099   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
5100   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
5101   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
5102   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
5103     return false;
5104   default:
5105     return true;
5106   }
5107 }
5108 
5109 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
5110 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
5111                        QualType IntendedTy,
5112                        const Expr *E) {
5113   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
5114   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
5115   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5116     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
5117     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
5118       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
5119       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
5120       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
5121       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
5122       .Default(QualType());
5123 
5124     if (!CastTy.isNull())
5125       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
5126 
5127     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
5128   }
5129 
5130   // Strip parens if necessary.
5131   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
5132     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5133                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5134                                   PE->getSubExpr());
5135 
5136   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
5137   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
5138   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
5139   // Co. usage condition.
5140   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5141     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
5142     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
5143 
5144     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
5145       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5146                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
5147                              CO->getTrueExpr());
5148     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
5149       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5150                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
5151                              CO->getFalseExpr());
5152 
5153     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
5154       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5155     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
5156       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
5157     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
5158       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5159   }
5160 
5161   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
5162 }
5163 
5164 bool
5165 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5166                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
5167                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
5168                                     const Expr *E) {
5169   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5170   using namespace analyze_printf;
5171   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
5172   // format specifier.
5173   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
5174                                                     ObjCContext);
5175   if (!AT.isValid())
5176     return true;
5177 
5178   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
5179   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
5180     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
5181   }
5182 
5183   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
5184 
5185   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
5186     return true;
5187   }
5188 
5189   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
5190   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
5191   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
5192   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
5193   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5194     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
5195         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
5196       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
5197       ExprTy = E->getType();
5198 
5199       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
5200       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
5201       // function.
5202       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
5203           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
5204         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
5205         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
5206           return true;
5207       }
5208     }
5209   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
5210     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
5211     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
5212     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
5213     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
5214       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
5215         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
5216   }
5217 
5218   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
5219   bool IsEnum = false;
5220   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5221     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5222     IsEnum = true;
5223   }
5224 
5225   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
5226   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
5227   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
5228   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
5229   if (ObjCContext &&
5230       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
5231     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
5232         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
5233       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
5234       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
5235       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5236 
5237       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
5238       // to be within the valid range.
5239       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
5240         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
5241         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
5242           return true;
5243       }
5244 
5245       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
5246                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
5247       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
5248         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
5249         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
5250           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
5251             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
5252       }
5253     }
5254   }
5255 
5256   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5257   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5258   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5259   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5260     QualType CastTy;
5261     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5262     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5263       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5264       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5265     }
5266   }
5267 
5268   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5269   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5270   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
5271                                  S.Context, ObjCContext);
5272 
5273   if (success) {
5274     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5275     SmallString<16> buf;
5276     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5277     fixedFS.toString(os);
5278 
5279     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5280 
5281     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5282       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5283       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5284         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5285       }
5286       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5287       // the argument.
5288       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5289                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5290                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5291                            E->getLocStart(),
5292                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5293                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5294     } else {
5295       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5296       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5297       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5298       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5299       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5300       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5301       // if necessary).
5302       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5303       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5304       CastFix << "(";
5305       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5306       CastFix << ")";
5307 
5308       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5309       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5310         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5311 
5312       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5313         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5314         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5315         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
5316 
5317       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
5318         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
5319         // just write the C-style cast.
5320         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5321                                                    CastFix.str()));
5322       } else {
5323         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
5324         CastFix << "(";
5325         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5326                                                    CastFix.str()));
5327 
5328         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5329         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
5330       }
5331 
5332       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5333         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
5334         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
5335         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
5336         StringRef Name;
5337         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
5338           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
5339         else
5340           Name = CastTyName;
5341         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
5342                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
5343                                << E->getSourceRange(),
5344                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
5345                              SpecRange, Hints);
5346       } else {
5347         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
5348         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
5349         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
5350         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5351           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5352             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
5353             << E->getSourceRange(),
5354           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5355           SpecRange, Hints);
5356       }
5357     }
5358   } else {
5359     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
5360                                                    SpecifierLen);
5361     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
5362     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
5363     // arguments here.
5364     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
5365     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
5366     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
5367       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5368       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5369         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5370       }
5371 
5372       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5373           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
5374                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
5375           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
5376       break;
5377     }
5378     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
5379     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
5380       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5381         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
5382           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5383           << ExprTy
5384           << CallType
5385           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5386           << CSR
5387           << E->getSourceRange(),
5388         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5389       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
5390       break;
5391 
5392     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
5393       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
5394         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5395           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
5396             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5397             << ExprTy
5398             << CallType
5399             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5400             << CSR
5401             << E->getSourceRange(),
5402           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5403       else
5404         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
5405         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
5406         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
5407           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
5408           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5409           << E->getSourceRange();
5410       break;
5411     }
5412 
5413     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
5414            "format string specifier index out of range");
5415     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
5416   }
5417 
5418   return true;
5419 }
5420 
5421 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5422 
5423 namespace {
5424 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5425 public:
5426   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
5427                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
5428                     unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5429                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5430                     unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5431                     Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5432                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5433                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5434     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5435                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
5436                          Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
5437                          CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg)
5438   {}
5439 
5440   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5441                             const char *startSpecifier,
5442                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
5443 
5444   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5445           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5446           const char *startSpecifier,
5447           unsigned specifierLen) override;
5448 
5449   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
5450 };
5451 } // end anonymous namespace
5452 
5453 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
5454                                                  const char *end) {
5455   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
5456                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5457                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
5458 }
5459 
5460 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5461                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5462                                         const char *startSpecifier,
5463                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
5464 
5465   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5466     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5467 
5468   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5469                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5470                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5471                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5472 }
5473 
5474 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
5475                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5476                                        const char *startSpecifier,
5477                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
5478   using namespace analyze_scanf;
5479   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5480 
5481   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5482 
5483   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
5484   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
5485   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5486     if (atFirstArg) {
5487       atFirstArg = false;
5488       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5489     }
5490     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5491       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5492                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5493       return false;
5494     }
5495   }
5496 
5497   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
5498   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
5499   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
5500     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
5501       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5502                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
5503       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
5504                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5505                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
5506                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
5507     }
5508   }
5509 
5510   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5511     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5512     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5513     return true;
5514   }
5515 
5516   // Consume the argument.
5517   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5518   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5519       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5520       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5521       // function if we encounter some other error.
5522     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5523   }
5524 
5525   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5526   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5527     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5528                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5529   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5530     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5531   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5532     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5533                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5534 
5535   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5536     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5537 
5538   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5539   if (HasVAListArg)
5540     return true;
5541 
5542   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5543     return false;
5544 
5545   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
5546   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5547   if (!Ex)
5548     return true;
5549 
5550   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
5551 
5552   if (!AT.isValid()) {
5553     return true;
5554   }
5555 
5556   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
5557       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
5558   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
5559     return true;
5560   }
5561 
5562   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5563   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
5564                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
5565 
5566   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5567   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5568     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5569   }
5570 
5571   if (success) {
5572     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
5573     SmallString<128> buf;
5574     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5575     fixedFS.toString(os);
5576 
5577     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5578         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5579                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5580         Ex->getLocStart(),
5581         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5582         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5583         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5584             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
5585   } else {
5586     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5587                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5588                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5589                          Ex->getLocStart(),
5590                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5591                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5592   }
5593 
5594   return true;
5595 }
5596 
5597 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const StringLiteral *FExpr,
5598                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
5599                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5600                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
5601                               unsigned firstDataArg,
5602                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
5603                               bool inFunctionCall,
5604                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5605                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5606                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
5607   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
5608   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
5609     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5610       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5611       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
5612       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5613     return;
5614   }
5615 
5616   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
5617   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
5618   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
5619   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
5620   const ConstantArrayType *T =
5621     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
5622   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
5623   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
5624   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
5625   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
5626 
5627   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
5628   // embedded null character.
5629   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
5630       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
5631     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5632         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5633         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
5634         FExpr->getLocStart(),
5635         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5636     return;
5637   }
5638 
5639   // CHECK: empty format string?
5640   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
5641     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5642       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5643       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
5644       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5645     return;
5646   }
5647 
5648   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
5649       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
5650     CheckPrintfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5651                          numDataArgs, (Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
5652                                        Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace),
5653                          Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
5654                          inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5655                          UncoveredArg);
5656 
5657     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
5658                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
5659                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
5660                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
5661       H.DoneProcessing();
5662   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
5663     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
5664                         Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
5665                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5666                         UncoveredArg);
5667 
5668     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
5669                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
5670                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
5671       H.DoneProcessing();
5672   } // TODO: handle other formats
5673 }
5674 
5675 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
5676   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
5677   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
5678   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
5679   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
5680   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
5681   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
5682   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
5683   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
5684   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
5685                                                          getLangOpts(),
5686                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
5687 }
5688 
5689 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
5690 
5691 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
5692 // does not exist.
5693 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
5694   switch (AbsFunction) {
5695   default:
5696     return 0;
5697 
5698   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5699     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
5700   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5701     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
5702   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5703     return 0;
5704 
5705   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5706     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
5707   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5708     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
5709   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5710     return 0;
5711 
5712   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5713     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
5714   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5715     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
5716   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5717     return 0;
5718 
5719   case Builtin::BIabs:
5720     return Builtin::BIlabs;
5721   case Builtin::BIlabs:
5722     return Builtin::BIllabs;
5723   case Builtin::BIllabs:
5724     return 0;
5725 
5726   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5727     return Builtin::BIfabs;
5728   case Builtin::BIfabs:
5729     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
5730   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5731     return 0;
5732 
5733   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5734    return Builtin::BIcabs;
5735   case Builtin::BIcabs:
5736     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
5737   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5738     return 0;
5739   }
5740 }
5741 
5742 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
5743 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
5744                                              unsigned AbsType) {
5745   if (AbsType == 0)
5746     return QualType();
5747 
5748   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
5749   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
5750   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
5751     return QualType();
5752 
5753   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5754   if (!FT)
5755     return QualType();
5756 
5757   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
5758     return QualType();
5759 
5760   return FT->getParamType(0);
5761 }
5762 
5763 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
5764 // current absolute value function.
5765 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
5766                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
5767   unsigned BestKind = 0;
5768   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
5769   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
5770        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
5771     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
5772     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
5773       if (BestKind == 0)
5774         BestKind = Kind;
5775       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
5776         BestKind = Kind;
5777         break;
5778       }
5779     }
5780   }
5781   return BestKind;
5782 }
5783 
5784 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
5785   AVK_Integer,
5786   AVK_Floating,
5787   AVK_Complex
5788 };
5789 
5790 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
5791   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
5792     return AVK_Integer;
5793   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
5794     return AVK_Floating;
5795   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
5796     return AVK_Complex;
5797 
5798   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
5799 }
5800 
5801 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
5802 // the function is a builtin.
5803 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
5804                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
5805   switch (ValueKind) {
5806   case AVK_Integer:
5807     switch (AbsKind) {
5808     default:
5809       return 0;
5810     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5811     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5812     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5813     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5814     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5815     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5816       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
5817     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5818     case Builtin::BIfabs:
5819     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5820     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5821     case Builtin::BIcabs:
5822     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5823       return Builtin::BIabs;
5824     }
5825   case AVK_Floating:
5826     switch (AbsKind) {
5827     default:
5828       return 0;
5829     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5830     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5831     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5832     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5833     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5834     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5835       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
5836     case Builtin::BIabs:
5837     case Builtin::BIlabs:
5838     case Builtin::BIllabs:
5839     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5840     case Builtin::BIcabs:
5841     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5842       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
5843     }
5844   case AVK_Complex:
5845     switch (AbsKind) {
5846     default:
5847       return 0;
5848     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5849     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5850     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5851     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5852     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5853     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5854       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
5855     case Builtin::BIabs:
5856     case Builtin::BIlabs:
5857     case Builtin::BIllabs:
5858     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5859     case Builtin::BIfabs:
5860     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5861       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
5862     }
5863   }
5864   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
5865 }
5866 
5867 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
5868   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
5869   if (!FnInfo)
5870     return 0;
5871 
5872   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5873   default:
5874     return 0;
5875   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5876   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5877   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5878   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5879   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5880   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5881   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5882   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5883   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5884   case Builtin::BIabs:
5885   case Builtin::BIlabs:
5886   case Builtin::BIllabs:
5887   case Builtin::BIfabs:
5888   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5889   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5890   case Builtin::BIcabs:
5891   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5892   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5893     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
5894   }
5895   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
5896 }
5897 
5898 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
5899 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
5900 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5901                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
5902   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
5903   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
5904   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
5905   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
5906     FunctionName = "std::abs";
5907     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
5908       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
5909     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5910       HeaderName = "cmath";
5911     } else {
5912       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
5913     }
5914 
5915     // Lookup all std::abs
5916     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
5917       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
5918       R.suppressDiagnostics();
5919       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
5920 
5921       for (const auto *I : R) {
5922         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
5923         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
5924           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
5925         } else {
5926           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
5927         }
5928         if (!FDecl)
5929           continue;
5930 
5931         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
5932         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
5933           continue;
5934 
5935         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
5936         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
5937         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
5938             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
5939                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
5940           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
5941           EmitHeaderHint = false;
5942           break;
5943         }
5944       }
5945     }
5946   } else {
5947     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
5948     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
5949 
5950     if (HeaderName) {
5951       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
5952       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
5953       R.suppressDiagnostics();
5954       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
5955 
5956       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
5957         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
5958         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
5959           EmitHeaderHint = false;
5960         } else {
5961           return;
5962         }
5963       } else if (!R.empty()) {
5964         return;
5965       }
5966     }
5967   }
5968 
5969   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
5970       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
5971 
5972   if (!HeaderName)
5973     return;
5974 
5975   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
5976     return;
5977 
5978   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
5979                                                     << FunctionName;
5980 }
5981 
5982 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
5983   if (!FDecl)
5984     return false;
5985 
5986   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
5987     return false;
5988 
5989   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
5990 
5991   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
5992     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
5993   }
5994 
5995   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
5996     return false;
5997 
5998   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
5999     return false;
6000 
6001   return true;
6002 }
6003 
6004 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
6005 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
6006                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6007                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
6008   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
6009     return;
6010 
6011   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
6012   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
6013   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
6014     return;
6015 
6016   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6017   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
6018 
6019   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
6020   // function call.
6021   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
6022     const char *FunctionName =
6023         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6024     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
6025     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
6026         << FunctionName
6027         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6028     return;
6029   }
6030 
6031   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
6032   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
6033   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
6034     unsigned DiagType = 0;
6035     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
6036       DiagType = 1;
6037     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
6038       DiagType = 2;
6039 
6040     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
6041     return;
6042   }
6043 
6044   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
6045   // from occurring.
6046   if (IsStdAbs)
6047     return;
6048 
6049   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
6050   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
6051 
6052   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
6053   // size.
6054   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
6055     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
6056       return;
6057 
6058     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
6059     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
6060         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
6061 
6062     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6063       return;
6064 
6065     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6066                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6067     return;
6068   }
6069 
6070   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
6071   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
6072   // proper one.
6073   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
6074   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
6075   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6076     return;
6077 
6078   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
6079       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
6080 
6081   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6082                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6083 }
6084 
6085 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
6086 
6087 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
6088 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
6089 ///
6090 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
6091 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
6092                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
6093                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
6094                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6095   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6096   if (!Size)
6097     return false;
6098 
6099   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
6100   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
6101     return false;
6102 
6103   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
6104   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
6105       << SizeRange << FnName;
6106   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
6107       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6108                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
6109       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
6110   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
6111       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
6112       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
6113                                     ")");
6114 
6115   return true;
6116 }
6117 
6118 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
6119 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
6120 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
6121                                                      bool &IsContained) {
6122   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
6123   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6124   IsContained = false;
6125 
6126   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6127   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
6128   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
6129     return nullptr;
6130 
6131   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
6132     return RD;
6133 
6134   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
6135   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
6136   // infinite recursion is impossible.
6137   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6138     bool SubContained;
6139     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6140             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
6141       IsContained = true;
6142       return ContainedRD;
6143     }
6144   }
6145 
6146   return nullptr;
6147 }
6148 
6149 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
6150 /// otherwise returns NULL.
6151 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6152   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6153       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6154     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
6155       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6156 
6157   return nullptr;
6158 }
6159 
6160 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
6161 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
6162   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6163       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6164     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
6165       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
6166 
6167   return QualType();
6168 }
6169 
6170 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
6171 ///
6172 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
6173 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
6174 /// function calls.
6175 ///
6176 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
6177 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6178                                    unsigned BId,
6179                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6180   assert(BId != 0);
6181 
6182   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
6183   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
6184   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
6185       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
6186   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
6187     return;
6188 
6189   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
6190                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6191   unsigned LenArg =
6192       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6193   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6194 
6195   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
6196                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6197     return;
6198 
6199   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
6200   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
6201   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
6202   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
6203 
6204   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
6205   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
6206   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
6207   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6208   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6209     return;
6210 
6211   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
6212     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6213     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
6214 
6215     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
6216     QualType PointeeTy;
6217     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6218       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
6219 
6220       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
6221       // false positives.
6222       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
6223         continue;
6224 
6225       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
6226       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
6227       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
6228       // enabled.
6229       if (SizeOfArg &&
6230           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
6231                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
6232         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
6233         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
6234         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
6235           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
6236         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
6237         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
6238         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
6239           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
6240           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
6241           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
6242           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
6243 
6244           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
6245             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6246               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
6247           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
6248               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
6249             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
6250                            // suggest an explicit length.
6251 
6252           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
6253           // expansion.
6254           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
6255           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
6256           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
6257           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6258 
6259           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6260             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
6261             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6262             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
6263                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
6264             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
6265                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6266           }
6267 
6268           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6269                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6270                                 << ReadableName
6271                                 << PointeeTy
6272                                 << DestTy
6273                                 << DSR
6274                                 << SSR);
6275           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6276                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6277                                 << ActionIdx
6278                                 << SSR);
6279 
6280           break;
6281         }
6282       }
6283 
6284       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6285       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6286       // record type.
6287       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6288         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6289             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6290           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6291                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6292                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6293                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6294                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6295           break;
6296         }
6297       }
6298     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6299       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6300     }
6301 
6302     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6303       continue;
6304 
6305     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6306     bool IsContained;
6307     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6308             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6309 
6310       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6311       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6312       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6313       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6314         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6315           OperationType = 1;
6316         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6317           OperationType = 2;
6318         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
6319           OperationType = 3;
6320       }
6321 
6322       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6323         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6324         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
6325           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
6326           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
6327           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6328     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
6329              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
6330       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6331         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6332         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
6333           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
6334           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6335     else
6336       continue;
6337 
6338     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6339       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6340       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
6341         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
6342     break;
6343   }
6344 }
6345 
6346 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
6347 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
6348 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
6349 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
6350   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
6351 
6352   for (;;) {
6353     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
6354     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
6355       break;
6356 
6357     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6358     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6359 
6360     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
6361       Ex = LHS;
6362     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
6363       Ex = RHS;
6364     else
6365       break;
6366   }
6367 
6368   return Ex;
6369 }
6370 
6371 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
6372                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
6373   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
6374   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
6375     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
6376     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
6377       return false;
6378   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
6379     return false;
6380   }
6381   return true;
6382 }
6383 
6384 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
6385 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
6386 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6387                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6388 
6389   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
6390   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
6391   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
6392     return;
6393 
6394   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
6395   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
6396   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
6397 
6398   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
6399                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6400     return;
6401 
6402   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
6403   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
6404     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
6405   else {
6406     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
6407     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
6408       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
6409           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
6410         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
6411     }
6412   }
6413 
6414   if (!CompareWithSrc)
6415     return;
6416 
6417   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
6418   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
6419   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
6420   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
6421   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
6422   if (!SrcArgDRE)
6423     return;
6424 
6425   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
6426   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
6427       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
6428     return;
6429 
6430   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
6431   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6432     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
6433 
6434   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
6435   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
6436   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
6437   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
6438   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6439   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
6440     return;
6441 
6442   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6443   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6444   OS << "sizeof(";
6445   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6446   OS << ")";
6447 
6448   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6449     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
6450                                     OS.str());
6451 }
6452 
6453 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
6454 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
6455   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
6456     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
6457       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
6458   return false;
6459 }
6460 
6461 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6462   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6463     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
6464     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
6465       return nullptr;
6466     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6467   }
6468   return nullptr;
6469 }
6470 
6471 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
6472 // The correct size argument should look like following:
6473 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
6474 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
6475                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6476   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
6477   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
6478     return;
6479   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6480   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6481   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6482 
6483   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
6484                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
6485     return;
6486 
6487   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
6488   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
6489   unsigned PatternType = 0;
6490   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
6491     // - sizeof(dst)
6492     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
6493       PatternType = 1;
6494     // - sizeof(src)
6495     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
6496       PatternType = 2;
6497   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
6498     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
6499       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6500       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6501       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
6502       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
6503           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
6504         PatternType = 1;
6505       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
6506       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
6507         PatternType = 2;
6508     }
6509   }
6510 
6511   if (PatternType == 0)
6512     return;
6513 
6514   // Generate the diagnostic.
6515   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
6516   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
6517   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6518 
6519   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
6520   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6521     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6522     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
6523                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
6524   }
6525 
6526   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
6527   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
6528   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
6529                                                                     Context);
6530   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
6531     if (PatternType == 1)
6532       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
6533     else
6534       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6535     return;
6536   }
6537 
6538   if (PatternType == 1)
6539     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
6540   else
6541     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6542 
6543   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6544   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6545   OS << "sizeof(";
6546   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6547   OS << ") - ";
6548   OS << "strlen(";
6549   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6550   OS << ") - 1";
6551 
6552   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
6553     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
6554 }
6555 
6556 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
6557 
6558 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
6559                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6560                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
6561 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
6562                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6563                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
6564 
6565 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
6566 ///   of a stack variable.
6567 static void
6568 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6569                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
6570 
6571   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
6572   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
6573 
6574   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
6575   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
6576   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
6577       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
6578     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6579   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
6580     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6581   }
6582 
6583   if (!stackE)
6584     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
6585 
6586   // Parameters are initalized in the calling scope, so taking the address
6587   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
6588   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
6589     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
6590       return;
6591 
6592   SourceLocation diagLoc;
6593   SourceRange diagRange;
6594   if (refVars.empty()) {
6595     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
6596     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
6597   } else {
6598     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
6599     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
6600     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
6601     // reference variables using notes.
6602     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
6603     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
6604   }
6605 
6606   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
6607     // address of local var
6608     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
6609      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
6610   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
6611     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
6612   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
6613     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
6614   } else { // local temporary.
6615     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
6616     // reference type is used, not the reference.
6617     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
6618       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
6619         return;
6620       }
6621     }
6622     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
6623      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
6624   }
6625 
6626   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
6627   // found the problematic expression using notes.
6628   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6629     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
6630     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
6631     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
6632     // show the range of the expression.
6633     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
6634                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
6635     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
6636         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
6637   }
6638 }
6639 
6640 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
6641 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
6642 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
6643 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
6644 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
6645 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
6646 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
6647 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
6648 ///
6649 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
6650 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
6651 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
6652 ///
6653 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
6654 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
6655 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
6656 ///  expressions.
6657 ///
6658 ///  This implementation handles:
6659 ///
6660 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
6661 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
6662 ///   * taking the address of fields
6663 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
6664 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
6665 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
6666 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
6667                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6668                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
6669   if (E->isTypeDependent())
6670     return nullptr;
6671 
6672   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
6673   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
6674           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
6675           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6676          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
6677 
6678   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6679 
6680   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
6681   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
6682   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
6683   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
6684   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6685     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6686 
6687     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
6688     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
6689       return nullptr;
6690 
6691     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
6692       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
6693       // it points to.
6694       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
6695           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
6696         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
6697         refVars.push_back(DR);
6698         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6699       }
6700 
6701     return nullptr;
6702   }
6703 
6704   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6705     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
6706     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
6707     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
6708 
6709     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6710       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6711     return nullptr;
6712   }
6713 
6714   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
6715     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
6716     // in this context.
6717     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6718     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
6719 
6720     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
6721       return nullptr;
6722 
6723     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
6724 
6725     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
6726     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
6727     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
6728       Base = B->getRHS();
6729 
6730     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
6731     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
6732   }
6733 
6734   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
6735   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
6736   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6737     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
6738 
6739     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
6740     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
6741     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
6742       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6743       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6744         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
6745           return LHS;
6746     }
6747 
6748     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6749     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
6750       return nullptr;
6751 
6752     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6753   }
6754 
6755   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
6756     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
6757       return E; // local block.
6758     return nullptr;
6759 
6760   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
6761     return E; // address of label.
6762 
6763   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
6764     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
6765                     ParentDecl);
6766 
6767   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
6768   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
6769   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
6770   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
6771   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
6772   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
6773   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
6774   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
6775   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
6776   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
6777     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6778     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
6779     case CK_LValueToRValue:
6780     case CK_NoOp:
6781     case CK_BaseToDerived:
6782     case CK_DerivedToBase:
6783     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
6784     case CK_Dynamic:
6785     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
6786     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
6787     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
6788       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6789 
6790     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
6791       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6792 
6793     case CK_BitCast:
6794       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
6795           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
6796           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6797         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6798       else
6799         return nullptr;
6800 
6801     default:
6802       return nullptr;
6803     }
6804   }
6805 
6806   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
6807     if (const Expr *Result =
6808             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
6809                      refVars, ParentDecl))
6810       return Result;
6811     return E;
6812 
6813   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
6814   default:
6815     return nullptr;
6816   }
6817 }
6818 
6819 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
6820 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
6821 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
6822                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6823                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
6824   do {
6825     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
6826     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
6827     // instead
6828     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
6829 
6830     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
6831     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
6832     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
6833 
6834     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6835     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
6836     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
6837       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6838       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
6839         E = IE->getSubExpr();
6840         continue;
6841       }
6842       return nullptr;
6843     }
6844 
6845     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
6846       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
6847                      ParentDecl);
6848 
6849     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6850       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
6851       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
6852       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
6853       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6854 
6855       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
6856       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
6857         return nullptr;
6858 
6859       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
6860         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
6861         if (V == ParentDecl)
6862           return DR;
6863 
6864         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
6865           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
6866             return DR;
6867 
6868           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
6869           // it points to.
6870           if (V->hasInit()) {
6871             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
6872             refVars.push_back(DR);
6873             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
6874           }
6875         }
6876       }
6877 
6878       return nullptr;
6879     }
6880 
6881     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6882       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
6883       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
6884       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
6885       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
6886 
6887       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6888         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6889 
6890       return nullptr;
6891     }
6892 
6893     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
6894       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
6895       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
6896       // has local storage.
6897       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
6898       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
6899         return nullptr;
6900       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6901     }
6902 
6903     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
6904       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
6905                       ParentDecl);
6906     }
6907 
6908     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6909       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
6910       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
6911       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
6912 
6913       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
6914       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
6915         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6916         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6917           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
6918             return LHS;
6919       }
6920 
6921       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6922       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
6923         return nullptr;
6924 
6925       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6926     }
6927 
6928     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
6929     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
6930       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
6931 
6932       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
6933       if (M->isArrow())
6934         return nullptr;
6935 
6936       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
6937       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
6938       // to.
6939       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
6940         return nullptr;
6941 
6942       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6943     }
6944 
6945     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
6946       if (const Expr *Result =
6947               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
6948                       refVars, ParentDecl))
6949         return Result;
6950       return E;
6951 
6952     default:
6953       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
6954       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
6955       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
6956         return E;
6957 
6958       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
6959       return nullptr;
6960     }
6961   } while (true);
6962 }
6963 
6964 void
6965 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6966                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6967                          bool isObjCMethod,
6968                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
6969                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6970   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
6971 
6972   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
6973   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
6974        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
6975       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
6976     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
6977       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
6978 
6979   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
6980   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
6981   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
6982   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
6983   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
6984   if (FD) {
6985     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
6986     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
6987       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
6988         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6989       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
6990           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
6991         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
6992           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
6993     }
6994   }
6995 }
6996 
6997 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
6998 
6999 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7000 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
7001 /// to do what the programmer intended.
7002 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7003   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7004   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7005 
7006   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
7007   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
7008   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7009     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7010       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7011         return;
7012 
7013   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
7014   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
7015   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
7016   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
7017   //  lead to false negatives.
7018   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
7019     if (FLL->isExact())
7020       return;
7021   } else
7022     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
7023       if (FLR->isExact())
7024         return;
7025 
7026   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
7027   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7028     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
7029       return;
7030 
7031   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7032     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
7033       return;
7034 
7035   // Emit the diagnostic.
7036   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
7037     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7038 }
7039 
7040 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
7041 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
7042 
7043 namespace {
7044 
7045 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
7046 /// expression.
7047 struct IntRange {
7048   /// The number of bits active in the int.
7049   unsigned Width;
7050 
7051   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
7052   bool NonNegative;
7053 
7054   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
7055     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
7056   {}
7057 
7058   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
7059   static IntRange forBoolType() {
7060     return IntRange(1, true);
7061   }
7062 
7063   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
7064   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
7065     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
7066                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
7067   }
7068 
7069   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
7070   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7071     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7072 
7073     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7074       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7075     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7076       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7077     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7078       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7079 
7080     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
7081     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
7082       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
7083       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
7084         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
7085 
7086       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
7087       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
7088 
7089       if (NumNegative == 0)
7090         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
7091       else
7092         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
7093                         false/*NonNegative*/);
7094     }
7095 
7096     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7097     assert(BT->isInteger());
7098 
7099     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7100   }
7101 
7102   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
7103   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
7104   ///
7105   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
7106   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
7107   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7108     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7109 
7110     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7111       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7112     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7113       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7114     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7115       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7116     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
7117       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
7118 
7119     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7120     assert(BT->isInteger());
7121 
7122     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7123   }
7124 
7125   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
7126   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7127     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
7128                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7129   }
7130 
7131   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
7132   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7133     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
7134                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
7135   }
7136 };
7137 
7138 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7139   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
7140     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
7141 
7142   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
7143     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
7144 
7145   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
7146   // signedness.
7147   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
7148 }
7149 
7150 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
7151                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
7152   if (result.isInt())
7153     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
7154 
7155   if (result.isVector()) {
7156     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
7157     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
7158       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
7159       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
7160     }
7161     return R;
7162   }
7163 
7164   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
7165     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
7166     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
7167     return IntRange::join(R, I);
7168   }
7169 
7170   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
7171   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
7172   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
7173   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
7174   // preserved this.
7175   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
7176   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7177 }
7178 
7179 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
7180   QualType Ty = E->getType();
7181   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
7182     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
7183   return Ty;
7184 }
7185 
7186 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
7187 /// range of values it might take.
7188 ///
7189 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
7190 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7191   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7192 
7193   // Try a full evaluation first.
7194   Expr::EvalResult result;
7195   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
7196     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
7197 
7198   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
7199   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
7200   // being of the new, wider type.
7201   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7202     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7203       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7204 
7205     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
7206 
7207     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
7208                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7209 
7210     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
7211     if (!isIntegerCast)
7212       return OutputTypeRange;
7213 
7214     IntRange SubRange
7215       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
7216                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
7217 
7218     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
7219     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
7220       return OutputTypeRange;
7221 
7222     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
7223     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
7224     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
7225                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
7226   }
7227 
7228   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7229     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
7230     bool CondResult;
7231     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
7232       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
7233                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
7234                           MaxWidth);
7235 
7236     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
7237     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
7238     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
7239     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7240   }
7241 
7242   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7243     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
7244 
7245     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
7246     case BO_LAnd:
7247     case BO_LOr:
7248     case BO_LT:
7249     case BO_GT:
7250     case BO_LE:
7251     case BO_GE:
7252     case BO_EQ:
7253     case BO_NE:
7254       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7255 
7256     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
7257     // is not necessarily the same type.
7258     case BO_MulAssign:
7259     case BO_DivAssign:
7260     case BO_RemAssign:
7261     case BO_AddAssign:
7262     case BO_SubAssign:
7263     case BO_XorAssign:
7264     case BO_OrAssign:
7265       // TODO: bitfields?
7266       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7267 
7268     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
7269     // been coerced to the LHS type.
7270     case BO_Assign:
7271       // TODO: bitfields?
7272       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7273 
7274     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7275     case BO_PtrMemD:
7276     case BO_PtrMemI:
7277       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7278 
7279     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7280     case BO_And:
7281     case BO_AndAssign:
7282       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7283                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7284 
7285     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7286     case BO_Shl:
7287       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7288       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7289       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7290             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7291         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7292           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7293           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7294         }
7295       }
7296       // fallthrough
7297 
7298     case BO_ShlAssign:
7299       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7300 
7301     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7302     case BO_Shr:
7303     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7304       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7305 
7306       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7307       // that much.
7308       llvm::APSInt shift;
7309       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7310           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7311         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7312         if (zext >= L.Width)
7313           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7314         else
7315           L.Width -= zext;
7316       }
7317 
7318       return L;
7319     }
7320 
7321     // Comma acts as its right operand.
7322     case BO_Comma:
7323       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7324 
7325     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
7326     case BO_Sub:
7327       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
7328         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7329       break;
7330 
7331     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
7332     // of the LHS.
7333     case BO_Div: {
7334       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7335       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7336       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7337 
7338       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
7339       llvm::APSInt divisor;
7340       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
7341         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
7342         if (log2 >= L.Width)
7343           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7344         else
7345           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
7346         return L;
7347       }
7348 
7349       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
7350       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7351       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7352     }
7353 
7354     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
7355     // either side.
7356     case BO_Rem: {
7357       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7358       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7359       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7360       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7361 
7362       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
7363       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
7364       return meet;
7365     }
7366 
7367     // The default behavior is okay for these.
7368     case BO_Mul:
7369     case BO_Add:
7370     case BO_Xor:
7371     case BO_Or:
7372       break;
7373     }
7374 
7375     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
7376     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
7377     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7378     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7379     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7380   }
7381 
7382   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
7383     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
7384     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
7385     case UO_LNot:
7386       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7387 
7388     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7389     case UO_Deref:
7390     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
7391       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7392 
7393     default:
7394       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7395     }
7396   }
7397 
7398   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
7399     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
7400 
7401   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
7402     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
7403                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7404 
7405   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7406 }
7407 
7408 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
7409   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
7410 }
7411 
7412 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7413 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7414 /// target semantics.
7415 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
7416                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7417                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7418   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
7419 
7420   bool ignored;
7421   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7422   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7423 
7424   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
7425 }
7426 
7427 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7428 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7429 /// target semantics.
7430 ///
7431 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
7432 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
7433                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7434                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7435   if (value.isFloat())
7436     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
7437 
7438   if (value.isVector()) {
7439     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
7440       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
7441         return false;
7442     return true;
7443   }
7444 
7445   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
7446   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
7447           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
7448 }
7449 
7450 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
7451 
7452 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7453   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
7454   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
7455       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
7456     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7457       return false;
7458 
7459   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
7460   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
7461     return false;
7462 
7463   llvm::APSInt Value;
7464   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
7465 }
7466 
7467 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
7468   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
7469   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7470     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
7471         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
7472       break;
7473     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
7474   }
7475 
7476   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
7477 }
7478 
7479 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7480   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7481   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7482     return;
7483 
7484   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7485   if (E->isValueDependent())
7486     return;
7487 
7488   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7489     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7490       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7491       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7492   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7493     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7494       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7495       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7496   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7497     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7498       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7499       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7500   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7501     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7502       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7503       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7504   }
7505 }
7506 
7507 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
7508                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
7509                                   bool RhsConstant) {
7510   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7511   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7512     return;
7513 
7514   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
7515   // on the bit ranges.
7516   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
7517   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
7518     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
7519   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
7520   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
7521 
7522   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
7523 
7524   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
7525   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
7526     return;
7527 
7528   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7529   bool IsTrue = true;
7530 
7531   // Used for diagnostic printout.
7532   enum {
7533     LiteralConstant = 0,
7534     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
7535     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
7536   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
7537 
7538   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
7539     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
7540     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
7541 
7542     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
7543       return;
7544     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
7545            "comparison with non-integer type");
7546 
7547     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
7548     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
7549 
7550     bool EqualityOnly = false;
7551 
7552     if (CommonSigned) {
7553       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
7554       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7555         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7556         if (ConstantSigned) {
7557           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
7558             return;
7559         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7560           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
7561             return;
7562         }
7563       } else { // !OtherSigned
7564                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7565         // Negative values are out of range.
7566         if (ConstantSigned) {
7567           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7568             return;
7569         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7570           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7571             return;
7572         }
7573       }
7574     } else { // !CommonSigned
7575       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7576         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7577           return;
7578       } else { // OtherSigned
7579         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
7580                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
7581         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
7582         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
7583           return;
7584         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
7585         // cast to CommonT.
7586         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
7587                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
7588             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
7589           return;
7590         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
7591         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
7592         // comparisons will be tautological.
7593         EqualityOnly = true;
7594       }
7595     }
7596 
7597     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
7598 
7599     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
7600       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
7601     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
7602       return;
7603     } else if (RhsConstant) {
7604       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
7605         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7606       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
7607         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7608     } else {
7609       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
7610         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7611       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
7612         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7613     }
7614   } else {
7615     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
7616     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
7617     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
7618     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
7619 
7620     static const struct LinkedConditions {
7621       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7622       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7623       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7624       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7625       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7626       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7627 
7628     } TruthTable = {
7629         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
7630         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
7631         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
7632         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
7633         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
7634         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
7635         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
7636         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
7637       };
7638 
7639     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
7640 
7641     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
7642     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
7643       if (Value == 0) {
7644         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
7645             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
7646         ConstVal = Zero;
7647       } else if (Value == 1) {
7648         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
7649             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
7650         ConstVal = One;
7651       } else {
7652         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
7653         ConstVal = GT_One;
7654       }
7655     } else {
7656       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
7657     }
7658 
7659     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
7660 
7661     switch (op) {
7662     case BO_LT:
7663       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7664       break;
7665     case BO_GT:
7666       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7667       break;
7668     case BO_LE:
7669       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7670       break;
7671     case BO_GE:
7672       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7673       break;
7674     case BO_EQ:
7675       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7676       break;
7677     case BO_NE:
7678       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7679       break;
7680     default:
7681       CmpRes = Unkwn;
7682       break;
7683     }
7684 
7685     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
7686       IsTrue = false;
7687     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
7688       IsTrue = true;
7689     } else {
7690       return;
7691     }
7692   }
7693 
7694   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
7695   // constant in the diagnostic.
7696   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
7697   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
7698     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
7699 
7700   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
7701   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
7702   if (ED)
7703     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
7704   else
7705     OS << Value;
7706 
7707   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7708     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
7709     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
7710         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
7711         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
7712         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
7713 }
7714 
7715 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
7716 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
7717 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7718   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7719   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7720 }
7721 
7722 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
7723 ///
7724 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
7725 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7726   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
7727   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
7728 
7729   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
7730   // the same type.
7731   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
7732     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7733 
7734   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
7735   if (E->isValueDependent())
7736     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7737 
7738   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7739   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7740 
7741   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
7742 
7743   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
7744   // of 'true' or 'false'.
7745   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
7746     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7747     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
7748       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
7749     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
7750     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
7751       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
7752     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
7753         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
7754     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
7755       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
7756     else
7757       IsComparisonConstant =
7758         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
7759   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
7760       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
7761 
7762   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
7763   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
7764   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
7765   //
7766   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
7767   // whose result is a constant.
7768   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
7769     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7770 
7771   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
7772   // signedness.
7773   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
7774   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
7775     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
7776            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
7777     signedOperand = LHS;
7778     unsignedOperand = RHS;
7779   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
7780     signedOperand = RHS;
7781     unsignedOperand = LHS;
7782   } else {
7783     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
7784     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7785   }
7786 
7787   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
7788   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
7789 
7790   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
7791   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
7792   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
7793   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
7794 
7795   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
7796   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
7797   // or false.
7798   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
7799     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
7800 
7801   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
7802   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
7803   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
7804   // change the result of the comparison.
7805   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
7806     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
7807     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
7808 
7809     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
7810     // non-negative.
7811     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
7812 
7813     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
7814       return;
7815   }
7816 
7817   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
7818     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
7819       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
7820       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
7821 }
7822 
7823 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
7824 ///
7825 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
7826 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
7827                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
7828   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
7829   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
7830     return false;
7831 
7832   // White-list bool bitfields.
7833   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
7834     return false;
7835 
7836   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
7837   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
7838       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
7839       Init->isValueDependent() ||
7840       Init->isTypeDependent())
7841     return false;
7842 
7843   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7844 
7845   llvm::APSInt Value;
7846   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
7847     return false;
7848 
7849   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
7850   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
7851 
7852   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative())
7853     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
7854       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus)
7855         if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr()))
7856           OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
7857 
7858   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
7859     return false;
7860 
7861   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
7862   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
7863   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
7864 
7865   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
7866   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
7867   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
7868     return false;
7869 
7870   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
7871   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
7872   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
7873     return false;
7874 
7875   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
7876   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
7877 
7878   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
7879     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
7880     << Init->getSourceRange();
7881 
7882   return true;
7883 }
7884 
7885 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
7886 /// operations.
7887 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7888   // Just recurse on the LHS.
7889   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7890 
7891   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
7892   // a bitfield.
7893   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
7894     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
7895                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
7896       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
7897       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
7898                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
7899     }
7900   }
7901 
7902   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7903 }
7904 
7905 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
7906 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
7907                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
7908                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
7909   if (pruneControlFlow) {
7910     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
7911                           S.PDiag(diag)
7912                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
7913                             << SourceRange(CContext));
7914     return;
7915   }
7916   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
7917     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
7918 }
7919 
7920 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
7921 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
7922                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
7923   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
7924 }
7925 
7926 
7927 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
7928 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
7929 
7930                              SourceLocation CContext) {
7931   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
7932   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
7933 
7934   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7935   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
7936   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
7937     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
7938       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7939 
7940   const bool IsLiteral =
7941       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
7942 
7943   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
7944   bool IsConstant =
7945     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
7946   if (!IsConstant) {
7947     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7948                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7949   }
7950 
7951   bool isExact = false;
7952 
7953   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
7954                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
7955   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
7956                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
7957       isExact) {
7958     if (IsLiteral) return;
7959     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
7960                            PruneWarnings);
7961   }
7962 
7963   unsigned DiagID = 0;
7964   if (IsLiteral) {
7965     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
7966     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
7967   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
7968     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
7969       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7970                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7971     }
7972     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
7973     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
7974   } else {
7975     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
7976       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
7977         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7978                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7979       }
7980     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
7981       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
7982           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
7983         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7984                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7985       }
7986     }
7987     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
7988     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
7989   }
7990 
7991   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
7992   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
7993   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
7994   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
7995   // tricky to implement.
7996   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
7997   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
7998   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
7999   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
8000 
8001   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
8002   if (IsBool)
8003     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
8004   else
8005     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
8006 
8007   if (PruneWarnings) {
8008     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8009                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
8010                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
8011                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8012                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
8013   } else {
8014     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
8015         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
8016         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8017   }
8018 }
8019 
8020 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
8021   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
8022 
8023   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
8024   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
8025   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
8026   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
8027 }
8028 
8029 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
8030   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
8031     return false;
8032 
8033   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8034   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
8035   const Type *Source =
8036     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
8037   if (Target->isDependentType())
8038     return false;
8039 
8040   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
8041     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
8042   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
8043 
8044   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
8045           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
8046 }
8047 
8048 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8049                                       SourceLocation CC) {
8050   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
8051   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
8052     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
8053     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
8054       continue;
8055 
8056     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
8057         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
8058     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
8059         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
8060     if (IsSwapped) {
8061       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
8062       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8063                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
8064                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8065     }
8066   }
8067 }
8068 
8069 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
8070   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
8071                         E->getExprLoc()))
8072     return;
8073 
8074   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
8075   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
8076     return;
8077 
8078   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
8079   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
8080       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
8081   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
8082     return;
8083 
8084   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
8085   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
8086       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
8087     return;
8088 
8089   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8090 
8091   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
8092   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
8093   // passed in.
8094   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
8095     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8096 
8097   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
8098     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
8099 
8100   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
8101   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
8102     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
8103         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
8104     if (MacroName == "NULL")
8105       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
8106   }
8107 
8108   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
8109   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
8110     return;
8111 
8112   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
8113       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
8114       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
8115                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
8116 }
8117 
8118 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8119                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
8120 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8121                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
8122 
8123 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
8124 /// target element type.
8125 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
8126                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
8127   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
8128   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
8129     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
8130         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8131       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
8132   }
8133 
8134   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
8135   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
8136   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
8137       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
8138                                          ElementResult,
8139                                          false, false)
8140         != Sema::Compatible) {
8141     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
8142            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
8143       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
8144       << Element->getSourceRange();
8145   }
8146 
8147   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
8148     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
8149   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
8150     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
8151 }
8152 
8153 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
8154 /// target type.
8155 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8156                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
8157   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
8158     return;
8159 
8160   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8161   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8162     return;
8163 
8164   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8165       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8166         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8167     return;
8168 
8169   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8170   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
8171     return;
8172 
8173   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
8174   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8175     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
8176                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
8177                                       0);
8178   }
8179 }
8180 
8181 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
8182 /// target type.
8183 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8184                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
8185   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
8186     return;
8187 
8188   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8189   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8190     return;
8191 
8192   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8193       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8194         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8195     return;
8196 
8197   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8198   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
8199     return;
8200 
8201   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
8202   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
8203   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8204     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
8205     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
8206     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
8207   }
8208 }
8209 
8210 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
8211 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
8212 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8213                                    SourceLocation CC) {
8214   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
8215   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
8216   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
8217   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8218     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
8219         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
8220     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
8221       return false;
8222   }
8223 
8224   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
8225   // assume it is an array initialization.
8226   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
8227     const char FirstContextCharacter =
8228         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
8229     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
8230       return false;
8231   }
8232 
8233   return true;
8234 }
8235 
8236 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8237                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
8238   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
8239 
8240   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
8241   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
8242   if (Source == Target) return;
8243   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
8244 
8245   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
8246   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
8247   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
8248   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
8249   // scenario, we just return.
8250   if (CC.isInvalid())
8251     return;
8252 
8253   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
8254   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
8255     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
8256       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
8257       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
8258       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
8259       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8260                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
8261     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
8262         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
8263       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
8264       // objects.
8265       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8266                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
8267     }
8268     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8269       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
8270       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
8271                                      SourceRange(CC));
8272     }
8273   }
8274 
8275   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
8276   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
8277   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
8278     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
8279   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
8280     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
8281 
8282   // Strip vector types.
8283   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8284     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8285       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8286         return;
8287       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8288     }
8289 
8290     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8291     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8292     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8293       return;
8294 
8295     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8296     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8297   }
8298   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8299     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8300 
8301   // Strip complex types.
8302   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8303     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8304       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8305         return;
8306 
8307       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8308     }
8309 
8310     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8311     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8312   }
8313 
8314   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8315   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8316 
8317   // If the source is floating point...
8318   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8319     // ...and the target is floating point...
8320     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8321       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
8322 
8323       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
8324       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
8325         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
8326         // representable in the target type.
8327         Expr::EvalResult result;
8328         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
8329           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
8330           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
8331                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
8332                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
8333             return;
8334         }
8335 
8336         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8337           return;
8338 
8339         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
8340       }
8341       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
8342       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
8343         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8344           return;
8345 
8346         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
8347       }
8348       return;
8349     }
8350 
8351     // If the target is integral, always warn.
8352     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
8353       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8354         return;
8355 
8356       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
8357     }
8358 
8359     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
8360     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
8361     // discover this typo:
8362     //
8363     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
8364     //
8365     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
8366     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
8367     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
8368       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
8369       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
8370       // is being cast to.
8371       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
8372       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
8373         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
8374         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8375         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
8376             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
8377           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
8378           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8379                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8380         }
8381       }
8382     }
8383     return;
8384   }
8385 
8386   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8387 
8388   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
8389 
8390   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
8391     return;
8392 
8393   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
8394   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
8395   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
8396     return;
8397 
8398   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
8399   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
8400 
8401   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
8402     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
8403     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
8404     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
8405     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
8406       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8407         return;
8408 
8409       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8410       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8411 
8412       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8413         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8414             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8415             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
8416             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8417       return;
8418     }
8419 
8420     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
8421     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8422       return;
8423 
8424     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
8425       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
8426                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
8427     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
8428   }
8429 
8430   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
8431       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
8432     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
8433     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
8434     // cause a negative value to be stored.
8435 
8436     llvm::APSInt Value;
8437     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
8438         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
8439       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
8440         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8441         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8442 
8443         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8444             E->getExprLoc(), E,
8445             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8446                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
8447                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8448         return;
8449       }
8450     }
8451 
8452     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
8453   }
8454 
8455   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
8456       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
8457        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
8458     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8459       return;
8460 
8461     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
8462 
8463     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
8464     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
8465     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
8466     // in the sign-compare group.
8467     // The conditional-checking code will
8468     if (ICContext) {
8469       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
8470       *ICContext = true;
8471     }
8472 
8473     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
8474   }
8475 
8476   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
8477   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
8478   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
8479   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
8480   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8481     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
8482       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
8483         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8484         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
8485         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
8486       }
8487   }
8488 
8489   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
8490     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
8491       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8492           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8493           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
8494         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8495           return;
8496 
8497         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
8498                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
8499       }
8500 }
8501 
8502 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8503                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
8504 
8505 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8506                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
8507   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8508 
8509   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
8510     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
8511 
8512   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8513   if (E->getType() != T)
8514     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
8515 }
8516 
8517 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8518                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
8519   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
8520 
8521   bool Suspicious = false;
8522   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8523   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8524 
8525   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
8526   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
8527   if (!Suspicious) return;
8528 
8529   // ...but it's currently ignored...
8530   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
8531     return;
8532 
8533   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
8534   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
8535   if (E->getType() == T) return;
8536 
8537   Suspicious = false;
8538   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8539                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8540   if (!Suspicious)
8541     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8542                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8543 }
8544 
8545 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
8546 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
8547 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8548   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
8549     return;
8550   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
8551 }
8552 
8553 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
8554 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
8555 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
8556 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
8557   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
8558   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8559 
8560   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
8561     return;
8562 
8563   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
8564   // were being fed directly into the output.
8565   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8566     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
8567     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
8568     return;
8569   }
8570 
8571   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
8572   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
8573     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
8574 
8575   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
8576   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
8577   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
8578   if (E->getType() != T)
8579     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8580 
8581   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
8582 
8583   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
8584     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
8585     // as transitive children.
8586     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
8587     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
8588       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
8589         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
8590   }
8591 
8592   // Skip past explicit casts.
8593   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8594     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8595     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8596   }
8597 
8598   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8599     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
8600     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
8601       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
8602 
8603     // And with simple assignments.
8604     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
8605       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
8606   }
8607 
8608   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
8609   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
8610   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
8611   // built into statements.
8612   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
8613 
8614   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
8615   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
8616 
8617   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
8618   CC = E->getExprLoc();
8619   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
8620   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
8621   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
8622     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
8623     if (!ChildExpr)
8624       continue;
8625 
8626     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
8627         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8628       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
8629       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
8630       continue;
8631     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
8632   }
8633 
8634   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
8635     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8636     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
8637       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
8638 
8639     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8640     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
8641       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
8642   }
8643 
8644   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
8645     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
8646       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
8647 }
8648 
8649 } // end anonymous namespace
8650 
8651 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8652                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
8653   bool IllegalParams = false;
8654   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I) {
8655     QualType Ty = TheCall->getArg(I)->getType();
8656     // Taking into account implicit conversions,
8657     // allow any integer within 32 bits range
8658     if (!Ty->isIntegerType() ||
8659         S.Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity() > 4) {
8660       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart(),
8661              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
8662       IllegalParams = true;
8663     }
8664     // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
8665     // using -Wconversion.
8666     CheckImplicitConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(I), S.Context.UnsignedIntTy,
8667                             TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart());
8668   }
8669   return IllegalParams;
8670 }
8671 
8672 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
8673 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
8674 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
8675                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
8676   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8677 
8678   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
8679 
8680   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8681     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8682       return false;
8683   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8684     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8685       return false;
8686   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
8687     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
8688       return false;
8689     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
8690   } else {
8691     return false;
8692   }
8693 
8694   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
8695 
8696   // If possible, point to location of function.
8697   if (FD) {
8698     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
8699   }
8700 
8701   return true;
8702 }
8703 
8704 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
8705 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
8706 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
8707 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
8708   if (Loc.isInvalid())
8709     return false;
8710 
8711   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
8712     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
8713       return true;
8714     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8715   }
8716 
8717   return false;
8718 }
8719 
8720 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
8721 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
8722 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
8723 /// compared to a null pointer
8724 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
8725 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
8726 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8727                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
8728                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
8729   if (!E)
8730     return;
8731 
8732   // Don't warn inside macros.
8733   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
8734     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
8735     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
8736         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
8737       return;
8738   }
8739   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
8740 
8741   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8742 
8743   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
8744     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
8745                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
8746     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
8747     return;
8748   }
8749 
8750   bool IsAddressOf = false;
8751 
8752   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8753     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
8754       return;
8755     IsAddressOf = true;
8756     E = UO->getSubExpr();
8757   }
8758 
8759   if (IsAddressOf) {
8760     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
8761                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
8762                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
8763     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
8764                                          << IsEqual;
8765     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
8766       return;
8767     }
8768   }
8769 
8770   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
8771     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
8772     std::string Str;
8773     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
8774     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
8775     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
8776                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
8777     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
8778       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
8779     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
8780   };
8781 
8782   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
8783   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8784     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
8785       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
8786         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
8787         return;
8788       }
8789     }
8790   }
8791 
8792   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
8793   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
8794   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8795     D = R->getDecl();
8796   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8797     D = M->getMemberDecl();
8798   }
8799 
8800   // Weak Decls can be null.
8801   if (!D || D->isWeak())
8802     return;
8803 
8804   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
8805   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
8806     if (getCurFunction() &&
8807         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
8808       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
8809         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
8810         return;
8811       }
8812 
8813       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
8814         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
8815         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
8816         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
8817 
8818         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
8819           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
8820               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
8821               return;
8822           }
8823 
8824           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
8825             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
8826               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
8827               return;
8828             }
8829           }
8830         }
8831       }
8832     }
8833   }
8834 
8835   QualType T = D->getType();
8836   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
8837   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
8838 
8839   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
8840   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
8841     return;
8842   }
8843 
8844   // Found nothing.
8845   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
8846     return;
8847 
8848   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
8849   std::string Str;
8850   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
8851   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
8852 
8853   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
8854                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
8855   enum {
8856     AddressOf,
8857     FunctionPointer,
8858     ArrayPointer
8859   } DiagType;
8860   if (IsAddressOf)
8861     DiagType = AddressOf;
8862   else if (IsFunction)
8863     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
8864   else if (IsArray)
8865     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
8866   else
8867     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
8868   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
8869                                 << Range << IsEqual;
8870 
8871   if (!IsFunction)
8872     return;
8873 
8874   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
8875   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
8876       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
8877 
8878   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
8879   QualType ReturnType;
8880   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
8881   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
8882   if (ReturnType.isNull())
8883     return;
8884 
8885   if (IsCompare) {
8886     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
8887     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
8888     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
8889     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
8890       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
8891           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
8892         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
8893           return;
8894       } else {
8895         return;
8896       }
8897     }
8898   } else { // !IsCompare
8899     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
8900     // return type.
8901     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
8902       return;
8903   }
8904   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
8905       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
8906 }
8907 
8908 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
8909 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
8910 /// and -Wsign-compare.
8911 ///
8912 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
8913 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
8914 ///   conversion
8915 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8916   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
8917   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
8918     return;
8919 
8920   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
8921   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
8922     return;
8923 
8924   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
8925   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
8926   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
8927   CheckArrayAccess(E);
8928 
8929   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
8930   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
8931 }
8932 
8933 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
8934 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
8935 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8936   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
8937 }
8938 
8939 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
8940 /// results in integer overflow
8941 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
8942   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
8943   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
8944 
8945   do {
8946     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
8947 
8948     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8949       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
8950       continue;
8951     }
8952 
8953     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
8954       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
8955   } while (!Exprs.empty());
8956 }
8957 
8958 namespace {
8959 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
8960 /// same object.
8961 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
8962   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
8963 
8964   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
8965   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
8966   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
8967   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
8968   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
8969   class SequenceTree {
8970     struct Value {
8971       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
8972       unsigned Parent : 31;
8973       unsigned Merged : 1;
8974     };
8975     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
8976 
8977   public:
8978     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
8979     /// to some other region.
8980     class Seq {
8981       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
8982       unsigned Index;
8983       friend class SequenceTree;
8984     public:
8985       Seq() : Index(0) {}
8986     };
8987 
8988     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
8989     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
8990 
8991     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
8992     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
8993     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
8994     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
8995       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
8996       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
8997     }
8998 
8999     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
9000     void merge(Seq S) {
9001       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
9002     }
9003 
9004     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
9005     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
9006     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
9007     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
9008       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
9009       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
9010       while (C >= Target) {
9011         if (C == Target)
9012           return true;
9013         C = Values[C].Parent;
9014       }
9015       return false;
9016     }
9017 
9018   private:
9019     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
9020     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
9021       if (Values[K].Merged)
9022         // Perform path compression as we go.
9023         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
9024       return K;
9025     }
9026   };
9027 
9028   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
9029   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
9030 
9031   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
9032   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
9033   enum UsageKind {
9034     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
9035     UK_Use,
9036     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
9037     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
9038     UK_ModAsValue,
9039     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
9040     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
9041     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
9042 
9043     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
9044   };
9045 
9046   struct Usage {
9047     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
9048     Expr *Use;
9049     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
9050   };
9051 
9052   struct UsageInfo {
9053     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
9054     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
9055     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
9056     bool Diagnosed;
9057   };
9058   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
9059 
9060   Sema &SemaRef;
9061   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
9062   SequenceTree Tree;
9063   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
9064   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
9065   /// The region we are currently within.
9066   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
9067   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
9068   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
9069   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
9070   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
9071   /// stack usage.
9072   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
9073 
9074   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
9075   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
9076   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
9077   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
9078   /// UK_ModAsValue.
9079   struct SequencedSubexpression {
9080     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
9081       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
9082       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
9083     }
9084     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
9085       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
9086         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
9087         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
9088         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
9089         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
9090       }
9091       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
9092     }
9093 
9094     SequenceChecker &Self;
9095     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
9096     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
9097   };
9098 
9099   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
9100   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
9101   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
9102   /// the outer expression.
9103   class EvaluationTracker {
9104   public:
9105     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
9106         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
9107       Self.EvalTracker = this;
9108     }
9109     ~EvaluationTracker() {
9110       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
9111       if (Prev)
9112         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
9113     }
9114 
9115     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
9116       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
9117         return false;
9118       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
9119       return EvalOK;
9120     }
9121 
9122   private:
9123     SequenceChecker &Self;
9124     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
9125     bool EvalOK;
9126   } *EvalTracker;
9127 
9128   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
9129   /// if any.
9130   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
9131     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
9132     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9133       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
9134         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
9135     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9136       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
9137         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
9138       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
9139         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
9140     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9141       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
9142       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9143         return ME->getMemberDecl();
9144     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9145       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
9146       return DRE->getDecl();
9147     return nullptr;
9148   }
9149 
9150   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
9151   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
9152     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
9153     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
9154       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
9155         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
9156       U.Use = Ref;
9157       U.Seq = Region;
9158     }
9159   }
9160   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
9161   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
9162                   bool IsModMod) {
9163     if (UI.Diagnosed)
9164       return;
9165 
9166     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
9167     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
9168       return;
9169 
9170     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
9171     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
9172     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
9173       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
9174 
9175     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
9176                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
9177                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
9178       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
9179     UI.Diagnosed = true;
9180   }
9181 
9182   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9183     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9184     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
9185     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
9186   }
9187   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9188     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9189     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
9190     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
9191   }
9192 
9193   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
9194     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9195     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
9196     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
9197     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
9198   }
9199   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
9200     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9201     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
9202     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
9203   }
9204 
9205 public:
9206   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
9207       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
9208         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
9209     Visit(E);
9210   }
9211 
9212   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9213     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
9214   }
9215 
9216   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9217     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
9218     Base::VisitStmt(E);
9219   }
9220 
9221   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
9222     Object O = Object();
9223     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9224       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
9225 
9226     if (O)
9227       notePreUse(O, E);
9228     VisitExpr(E);
9229     if (O)
9230       notePostUse(O, E);
9231   }
9232 
9233   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9234     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
9235     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
9236     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
9237     //   effect associated with the right expression.
9238     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9239     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9240     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
9241 
9242     {
9243       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
9244       Region = LHS;
9245       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9246     }
9247 
9248     Region = RHS;
9249     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9250 
9251     Region = OldRegion;
9252 
9253     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
9254     // with respect to other stuff.
9255     Tree.merge(LHS);
9256     Tree.merge(RHS);
9257   }
9258 
9259   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9260     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
9261     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
9262     // map afterwards.
9263     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
9264     if (!O)
9265       return VisitExpr(BO);
9266 
9267     notePreMod(O, BO);
9268 
9269     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
9270     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
9271     //   only once.
9272     //
9273     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
9274     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
9275     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9276       notePreUse(O, BO);
9277 
9278     Visit(BO->getLHS());
9279 
9280     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9281       notePostUse(O, BO);
9282 
9283     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9284 
9285     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
9286     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
9287     //   assignment expression.
9288     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
9289     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9290                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9291   }
9292 
9293   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
9294     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
9295   }
9296 
9297   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9298   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9299   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9300     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9301     if (!O)
9302       return VisitExpr(UO);
9303 
9304     notePreMod(O, UO);
9305     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9306     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
9307     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9308     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9309                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9310   }
9311 
9312   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9313   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9314   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9315     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9316     if (!O)
9317       return VisitExpr(UO);
9318 
9319     notePreMod(O, UO);
9320     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9321     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9322   }
9323 
9324   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
9325   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9326     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
9327     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
9328     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
9329     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
9330     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9331     {
9332       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9333       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9334     }
9335 
9336     bool Result;
9337     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9338       if (!Result)
9339         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9340     } else {
9341       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
9342       // entirely separate evaluation.
9343       //
9344       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
9345       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
9346       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
9347       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9348     }
9349   }
9350   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9351     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9352     {
9353       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9354       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9355     }
9356 
9357     bool Result;
9358     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9359       if (Result)
9360         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9361     } else {
9362       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9363     }
9364   }
9365 
9366   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
9367   // be chosen.
9368   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
9369     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9370     {
9371       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9372       Visit(CO->getCond());
9373     }
9374 
9375     bool Result;
9376     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
9377       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
9378     else {
9379       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
9380       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
9381     }
9382   }
9383 
9384   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
9385     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
9386     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
9387     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
9388     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
9389     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
9390     //   the value computation of its result].
9391     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9392     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
9393 
9394     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
9395   }
9396 
9397   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
9398     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
9399     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9400 
9401     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
9402       return VisitExpr(CCE);
9403 
9404     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9405     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9406     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9407     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
9408                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
9409          I != E; ++I) {
9410       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9411       Elts.push_back(Region);
9412       Visit(*I);
9413     }
9414 
9415     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9416     Region = Parent;
9417     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9418       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9419   }
9420 
9421   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
9422     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9423       return VisitExpr(ILE);
9424 
9425     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9426     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9427     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9428     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
9429       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
9430       if (!E) continue;
9431       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9432       Elts.push_back(Region);
9433       Visit(E);
9434     }
9435 
9436     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9437     Region = Parent;
9438     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9439       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9440   }
9441 };
9442 } // end anonymous namespace
9443 
9444 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
9445   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
9446   WorkList.push_back(E);
9447   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
9448     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
9449     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
9450   }
9451 }
9452 
9453 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
9454                               bool IsConstexpr) {
9455   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
9456   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
9457     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
9458   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
9459     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
9460   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
9461 }
9462 
9463 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
9464                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
9465                                        Expr *Init) {
9466   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
9467 }
9468 
9469 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
9470                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
9471   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
9472     return;
9473   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
9474     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9475     return;
9476   }
9477   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
9478     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9479     return;
9480   }
9481   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
9482     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
9483     return;
9484   }
9485 
9486   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
9487   if (!AT)
9488     return;
9489 
9490   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
9491     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
9492     return;
9493   }
9494 
9495   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
9496 }
9497 
9498 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
9499 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
9500 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
9501 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
9502 /// parameters are complete.
9503 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
9504                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
9505   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
9506   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
9507     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
9508     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
9509     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
9510     //
9511     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
9512     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
9513         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
9514                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9515       Param->setInvalidDecl();
9516       HasInvalidParm = true;
9517     }
9518 
9519     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
9520     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
9521     if (CheckParameterNames &&
9522         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
9523         !Param->isImplicit() &&
9524         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9525       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
9526 
9527     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
9528     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
9529     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
9530     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
9531     //   variable length array types.
9532     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
9533     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
9534     // information is added for it.
9535     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
9536 
9537     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
9538     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
9539     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
9540     // on the dtor.
9541     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
9542                                        .getCXXABI()
9543                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
9544       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
9545         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9546           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9547           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9548               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
9549               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
9550             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
9551             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
9552             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
9553           }
9554         }
9555       }
9556     }
9557 
9558     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
9559     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
9560     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
9561     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
9562     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
9563       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
9564         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
9565             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
9566   }
9567 
9568   return HasInvalidParm;
9569 }
9570 
9571 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
9572 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
9573 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
9574   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
9575   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
9576   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
9577     return;
9578 
9579   // Ignore dependent types.
9580   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
9581     return;
9582 
9583   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
9584   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
9585   if (!DestPtr) return;
9586 
9587   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
9588   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
9589   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9590   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
9591   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
9592 
9593   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
9594   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
9595   if (!SrcPtr) return;
9596   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
9597 
9598   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
9599   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
9600   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
9601   // includes 'void'.
9602   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9603 
9604   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
9605   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
9606 
9607   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
9608     << Op->getType() << T
9609     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
9610     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
9611     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
9612 }
9613 
9614 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
9615 /// array member of a struct.
9616 ///
9617 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
9618 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
9619 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
9620                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
9621   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
9622 
9623   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
9624   if (!FD) return false;
9625 
9626   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
9627   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
9628 
9629   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
9630   while (TInfo) {
9631     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
9632     // Look through typedefs.
9633     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
9634       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
9635       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
9636       continue;
9637     }
9638     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
9639       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
9640       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
9641         return false;
9642     }
9643     break;
9644   }
9645 
9646   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
9647   if (!RD) return false;
9648   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
9649   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
9650     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
9651   }
9652 
9653   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
9654   const Decl *D = FD;
9655   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
9656     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
9657       return false;
9658   return true;
9659 }
9660 
9661 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
9662                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
9663                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
9664   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9665   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
9666     return;
9667 
9668   const Type *EffectiveType =
9669       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
9670   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
9671   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
9672     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
9673   if (!ArrayTy)
9674     return;
9675 
9676   llvm::APSInt index;
9677   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
9678     return;
9679   if (IndexNegated)
9680     index = -index;
9681 
9682   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
9683   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
9684     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9685   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
9686     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9687 
9688   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
9689     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
9690     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
9691       return;
9692 
9693     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
9694     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
9695       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
9696       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
9697       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
9698       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
9699       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
9700       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
9701         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
9702         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
9703         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
9704         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
9705         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
9706           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
9707       }
9708     }
9709 
9710     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
9711       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
9712     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
9713       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
9714 
9715     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
9716     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
9717     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
9718     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
9719     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
9720       return;
9721 
9722     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
9723     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
9724     // code.
9725     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
9726       return;
9727 
9728     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
9729     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
9730     // within a system header.
9731     if (ASE) {
9732       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
9733           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
9734       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
9735         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
9736             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
9737         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
9738           return;
9739       }
9740     }
9741 
9742     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
9743     if (ASE)
9744       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
9745 
9746     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9747                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
9748                           << size.toString(10, true)
9749                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
9750                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
9751   } else {
9752     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
9753     if (!ASE) {
9754       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
9755       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
9756     }
9757 
9758     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9759                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
9760                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
9761   }
9762 
9763   if (!ND) {
9764     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
9765     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
9766            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
9767       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9768     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
9769       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9770     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
9771       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9772   }
9773 
9774   if (ND)
9775     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9776                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
9777                           << ND->getDeclName());
9778 }
9779 
9780 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
9781   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
9782   while (expr) {
9783     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9784     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
9785       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
9786         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
9787         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
9788                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
9789         return;
9790       }
9791       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
9792         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
9793         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
9794           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
9795                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
9796         return;
9797       }
9798       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
9799         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
9800         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
9801         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
9802         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
9803           case UO_AddrOf:
9804             AllowOnePastEnd++;
9805             break;
9806           case UO_Deref:
9807             AllowOnePastEnd--;
9808             break;
9809           default:
9810             return;
9811         }
9812         break;
9813       }
9814       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
9815         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
9816         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
9817           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
9818         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
9819           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
9820         return;
9821       }
9822       default:
9823         return;
9824     }
9825   }
9826 }
9827 
9828 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
9829 
9830 namespace {
9831   struct RetainCycleOwner {
9832     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
9833     VarDecl *Variable;
9834     SourceRange Range;
9835     SourceLocation Loc;
9836     bool Indirect;
9837 
9838     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
9839       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
9840       Range = e->getSourceRange();
9841     }
9842   };
9843 } // end anonymous namespace
9844 
9845 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
9846 /// a retain cycle.
9847 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9848   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
9849   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
9850   // __block and has an appropriate type.
9851   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
9852     return false;
9853 
9854   owner.Variable = var;
9855   if (ref)
9856     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
9857   return true;
9858 }
9859 
9860 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9861   while (true) {
9862     e = e->IgnoreParens();
9863     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
9864       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
9865       case CK_BitCast:
9866       case CK_LValueBitCast:
9867       case CK_LValueToRValue:
9868       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
9869         e = cast->getSubExpr();
9870         continue;
9871 
9872       default:
9873         return false;
9874       }
9875     }
9876 
9877     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
9878       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
9879       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
9880         return false;
9881 
9882       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
9883       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
9884         return false;
9885 
9886       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
9887       owner.Indirect = true;
9888       return true;
9889     }
9890 
9891     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
9892       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
9893       if (!var) return false;
9894       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
9895     }
9896 
9897     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
9898       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
9899 
9900       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
9901       e = member->getBase();
9902       continue;
9903     }
9904 
9905     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
9906       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
9907       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
9908         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
9909                                               ->IgnoreParens());
9910       if (!pre) return false;
9911       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
9912       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
9913       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
9914           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
9915             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
9916               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
9917           return false;
9918 
9919       owner.Indirect = true;
9920       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
9921         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
9922         if (!owner.Variable)
9923           return false;
9924         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
9925         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
9926         return true;
9927       }
9928       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
9929                               ->getSourceExpr());
9930       continue;
9931     }
9932 
9933     // Array ivars?
9934 
9935     return false;
9936   }
9937 }
9938 
9939 namespace {
9940   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
9941     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
9942       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
9943         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
9944         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
9945     ASTContext &Context;
9946     VarDecl *Variable;
9947     Expr *Capturer;
9948     bool VarWillBeReased;
9949 
9950     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
9951       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
9952         Capturer = ref;
9953     }
9954 
9955     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
9956       if (Capturer) return;
9957       Visit(ref->getBase());
9958       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
9959         Capturer = ref;
9960     }
9961 
9962     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
9963       // Look inside nested blocks
9964       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
9965         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
9966     }
9967 
9968     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
9969       if (Capturer) return;
9970       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
9971         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9972     }
9973     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
9974       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
9975         return;
9976       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
9977       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
9978         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
9979           return;
9980         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
9981           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
9982           llvm::APSInt Value;
9983           VarWillBeReased =
9984             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
9985         }
9986       }
9987     }
9988   };
9989 } // end anonymous namespace
9990 
9991 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
9992 /// variable.
9993 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9994   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
9995 
9996   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
9997 
9998   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
9999   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
10000     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
10001     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
10002       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
10003       if (!e)
10004         return nullptr;
10005       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10006     }
10007   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
10008     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
10009       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
10010       if (Fn) {
10011         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
10012         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
10013           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
10014         }
10015       }
10016     }
10017   }
10018 
10019   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
10020   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
10021     return nullptr;
10022 
10023   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
10024   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10025   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
10026 }
10027 
10028 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
10029                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10030   assert(capturer);
10031   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10032 
10033   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
10034     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
10035   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
10036     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
10037 }
10038 
10039 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
10040 /// 'set'.
10041 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
10042   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
10043 
10044   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
10045   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
10046   if (str.startswith("set"))
10047     str = str.substr(3);
10048   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
10049     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
10050     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
10051       return false;
10052     str = str.substr(3);
10053   }
10054   else
10055     return false;
10056 
10057   if (str.empty()) return true;
10058   return !isLowercase(str.front());
10059 }
10060 
10061 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10062                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10063   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10064                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10065                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
10066   if (!IsMutableArray) {
10067     return None;
10068   }
10069 
10070   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10071 
10072   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
10073     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
10074   if (!MKOpt) {
10075     return None;
10076   }
10077 
10078   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10079 
10080   switch (MK) {
10081     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
10082     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
10083     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10084       return 0;
10085     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
10086       return 1;
10087 
10088     default:
10089       return None;
10090   }
10091 
10092   return None;
10093 }
10094 
10095 static
10096 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10097                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10098   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10099                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10100                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
10101   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
10102     return None;
10103   }
10104 
10105   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10106 
10107   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
10108     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
10109   if (!MKOpt) {
10110     return None;
10111   }
10112 
10113   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10114 
10115   switch (MK) {
10116     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
10117     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
10118     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
10119       return 0;
10120 
10121     default:
10122       return None;
10123   }
10124 
10125   return None;
10126 }
10127 
10128 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10129   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10130                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10131                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
10132 
10133   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10134                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10135                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
10136   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
10137     return None;
10138   }
10139 
10140   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10141 
10142   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
10143   if (!MKOpt) {
10144     return None;
10145   }
10146 
10147   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10148 
10149   switch (MK) {
10150     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
10151     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
10152     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10153     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
10154       return 0;
10155     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
10156       return 1;
10157   }
10158 
10159   return None;
10160 }
10161 
10162 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10163   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
10164     return;
10165   }
10166 
10167   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
10168 
10169   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10170       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10171       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
10172     return;
10173   }
10174 
10175   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
10176 
10177   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
10178   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
10179     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10180   }
10181 
10182   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
10183     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10184       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10185         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10186              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10187           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
10188       }
10189     }
10190   } else {
10191     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10192 
10193     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
10194       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10195     }
10196 
10197     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10198       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10199         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
10200           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
10201           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10202                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10203             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10204           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10205             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10206                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10207               << Decl->getName();
10208           }
10209         }
10210       }
10211     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10212       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10213         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
10214           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
10215           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10216                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10217             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10218           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10219                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10220             << Decl->getName();
10221         }
10222       }
10223     }
10224   }
10225 }
10226 
10227 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10228 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
10229   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
10230   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
10231     return;
10232 
10233   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
10234   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10235   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
10236     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
10237       return;
10238   } else {
10239     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
10240     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10241     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
10242     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
10243   }
10244 
10245   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
10246   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
10247     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
10248       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10249 }
10250 
10251 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10252 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
10253   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10254   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
10255     return;
10256 
10257   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
10258     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10259 }
10260 
10261 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
10262   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
10263   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
10264     return;
10265 
10266   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
10267   // location explicitly here.
10268   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
10269   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
10270 
10271   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
10272     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
10273 }
10274 
10275 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10276                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10277   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
10278   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
10279   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
10280   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10281 
10282   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
10283   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
10284   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
10285   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
10286     return false;
10287 
10288   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
10289     << (unsigned) Kind
10290     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10291     << RHS->getSourceRange();
10292 
10293   return true;
10294 }
10295 
10296 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10297                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
10298                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10299   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10300   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10301     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10302       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10303         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10304         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10305         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10306       return true;
10307     }
10308     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10309   }
10310 
10311   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10312       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10313     return true;
10314 
10315   return false;
10316 }
10317 
10318 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10319                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10320   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
10321 
10322   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10323     return false;
10324 
10325   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
10326     return true;
10327 
10328   return false;
10329 }
10330 
10331 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10332                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10333   QualType LHSType;
10334   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
10335   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
10336   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
10337     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
10338   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
10339     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10340     if (PD)
10341       LHSType = PD->getType();
10342   }
10343 
10344   if (LHSType.isNull())
10345     LHSType = LHS->getType();
10346 
10347   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
10348 
10349   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
10350     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
10351       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
10352   }
10353 
10354   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
10355     return;
10356 
10357   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
10358   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
10359     return;
10360 
10361   if (PRE) {
10362     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
10363       return;
10364     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10365     if (!PD)
10366       return;
10367 
10368     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
10369     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
10370       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
10371       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
10372       // for lifetime info.
10373       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
10374       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
10375           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
10376         return;
10377 
10378       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10379         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10380           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
10381           << RHS->getSourceRange();
10382           return;
10383         }
10384         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10385       }
10386     }
10387     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
10388       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
10389         return;
10390     }
10391   }
10392 }
10393 
10394 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
10395 
10396 namespace {
10397 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
10398                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10399                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
10400   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
10401   //
10402   // #define CALL(x)
10403   // if (condition)
10404   //   CALL(0);
10405   //
10406   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
10407     return false;
10408 
10409   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
10410   bool StmtLineInvalid;
10411   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
10412                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
10413   if (StmtLineInvalid)
10414     return false;
10415 
10416   bool BodyLineInvalid;
10417   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
10418                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
10419   if (BodyLineInvalid)
10420     return false;
10421 
10422   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
10423   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
10424     return false;
10425 
10426   return true;
10427 }
10428 } // end anonymous namespace
10429 
10430 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10431                                  const Stmt *Body,
10432                                  unsigned DiagID) {
10433   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
10434   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
10435   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
10436     return;
10437 
10438   // The body should be a null statement.
10439   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10440   if (!NBody)
10441     return;
10442 
10443   // Do the usual checks.
10444   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10445     return;
10446 
10447   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10448   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10449 }
10450 
10451 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
10452                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
10453   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
10454 
10455   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
10456   const Stmt *Body;
10457   unsigned DiagID;
10458   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
10459     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
10460     Body = FS->getBody();
10461     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
10462   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
10463     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
10464     Body = WS->getBody();
10465     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
10466   } else
10467     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
10468 
10469   // The body should be a null statement.
10470   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10471   if (!NBody)
10472     return;
10473 
10474   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
10475   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
10476     return;
10477 
10478   // Do the usual checks.
10479   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10480     return;
10481 
10482   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
10483   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
10484   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
10485   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10486   //    {
10487   //      a(i);
10488   //    }
10489   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
10490   // than for/while itself:
10491   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10492   //      a(i);
10493   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
10494   if (!ProbableTypo) {
10495     bool BodyColInvalid;
10496     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10497                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
10498                              &BodyColInvalid);
10499     if (BodyColInvalid)
10500       return;
10501 
10502     bool StmtColInvalid;
10503     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10504                              S->getLocStart(),
10505                              &StmtColInvalid);
10506     if (StmtColInvalid)
10507       return;
10508 
10509     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
10510       ProbableTypo = true;
10511   }
10512 
10513   if (ProbableTypo) {
10514     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10515     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10516   }
10517 }
10518 
10519 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
10520 
10521 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
10522 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
10523                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10524   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
10525     return;
10526 
10527   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10528     return;
10529 
10530   // Strip parens and casts away.
10531   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10532   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10533 
10534   // Check for a call expression
10535   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
10536   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
10537     return;
10538 
10539   // Check for a call to std::move
10540   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10541   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
10542       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
10543     return;
10544 
10545   // Get argument from std::move
10546   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
10547 
10548   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10549   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10550 
10551   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
10552   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10553     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10554       return;
10555     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10556         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10557       return;
10558 
10559     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10560                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10561                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10562     return;
10563   }
10564 
10565   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
10566   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
10567   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
10568   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
10569   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
10570   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
10571   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10572   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10573   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
10574     return;
10575 
10576   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
10577     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10578         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10579       return;
10580 
10581     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
10582     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
10583     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
10584     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
10585   }
10586 
10587   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
10588   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
10589   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10590     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10591       return;
10592     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10593         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10594       return;
10595 
10596     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10597                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10598                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10599     return;
10600   }
10601 
10602   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
10603     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10604                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10605                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10606 }
10607 
10608 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
10609 
10610 namespace {
10611 
10612 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
10613 
10614 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
10615 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
10616   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
10617   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
10618   // underlying type.
10619   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
10620          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
10621 }
10622 
10623 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
10624 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
10625   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
10626     return false;
10627 
10628   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
10629     return false;
10630 
10631   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
10632     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
10633     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
10634     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
10635 
10636     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
10637       return false;
10638   }
10639 
10640   return true;
10641 }
10642 
10643 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
10644 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
10645 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
10646                               RecordDecl *RD1,
10647                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
10648   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
10649   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
10650     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
10651     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
10652     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
10653     // Check number of base classes.
10654     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
10655       return false;
10656 
10657     // Check the base classes.
10658     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
10659                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
10660            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
10661               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
10662          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
10663          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
10664       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
10665         return false;
10666     }
10667   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
10668     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
10669     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
10670       return false;
10671   }
10672 
10673   // Check the fields.
10674   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
10675                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
10676                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
10677                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
10678   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
10679     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
10680       return false;
10681   }
10682   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
10683     return false;
10684 
10685   return true;
10686 }
10687 
10688 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
10689 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
10690 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
10691                              RecordDecl *RD1,
10692                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
10693   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
10694   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
10695     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
10696 
10697   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
10698     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
10699         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
10700         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
10701 
10702     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
10703       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
10704         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
10705         (void) Result;
10706         assert(Result);
10707         break;
10708       }
10709     }
10710     if (I == E)
10711       return false;
10712   }
10713 
10714   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
10715 }
10716 
10717 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
10718   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
10719     return false;
10720 
10721   if (RD1->isUnion())
10722     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
10723   else
10724     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
10725 }
10726 
10727 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
10728 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
10729   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
10730     return false;
10731 
10732   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
10733   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
10734   // layout-compatible types.
10735   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
10736     return true;
10737 
10738   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
10739   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
10740 
10741   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
10742   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
10743 
10744   if (TC1 != TC2)
10745     return false;
10746 
10747   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
10748     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
10749                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
10750                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
10751   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
10752     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
10753       return false;
10754 
10755     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
10756                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
10757                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
10758   }
10759 
10760   return false;
10761 }
10762 } // end anonymous namespace
10763 
10764 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
10765 
10766 namespace {
10767 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
10768 ///
10769 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
10770 ///
10771 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
10772 ///
10773 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
10774 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
10775                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
10776   while(true) {
10777     if (!TypeExpr)
10778       return false;
10779 
10780     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10781 
10782     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
10783     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10784       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
10785       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
10786         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
10787         continue;
10788       }
10789       return false;
10790     }
10791 
10792     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
10793       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
10794       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
10795       return true;
10796     }
10797 
10798     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
10799       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
10800       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
10801       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
10802         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
10803         return true;
10804       } else
10805         return false;
10806     }
10807 
10808     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
10809     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10810       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
10811           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
10812       bool Result;
10813       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
10814         if (Result)
10815           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
10816         else
10817           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
10818         continue;
10819       }
10820       return false;
10821     }
10822 
10823     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
10824       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
10825       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
10826         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
10827         continue;
10828       }
10829       return false;
10830     }
10831 
10832     default:
10833       return false;
10834     }
10835   }
10836 }
10837 
10838 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
10839 ///
10840 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
10841 ///
10842 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
10843 ///
10844 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
10845 ///        kind.
10846 ///
10847 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
10848 ///
10849 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
10850 bool GetMatchingCType(
10851         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10852         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
10853         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
10854                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
10855         bool &FoundWrongKind,
10856         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
10857   FoundWrongKind = false;
10858 
10859   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
10860   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
10861 
10862   uint64_t MagicValue;
10863 
10864   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
10865     return false;
10866 
10867   if (VD) {
10868     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10869       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
10870         FoundWrongKind = true;
10871         return false;
10872       }
10873       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
10874       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
10875       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
10876       return true;
10877     }
10878     return false;
10879   }
10880 
10881   if (!MagicValues)
10882     return false;
10883 
10884   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
10885                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
10886       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
10887   if (I == MagicValues->end())
10888     return false;
10889 
10890   TypeInfo = I->second;
10891   return true;
10892 }
10893 } // end anonymous namespace
10894 
10895 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10896                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10897                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
10898                                       bool MustBeNull) {
10899   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
10900     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
10901         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
10902 
10903   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
10904   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
10905       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
10906 }
10907 
10908 namespace {
10909 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
10910   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10911   if (!BT1)
10912     return false;
10913 
10914   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10915   if (!BT2)
10916     return false;
10917 
10918   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
10919   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
10920 
10921   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
10922          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
10923          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
10924          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
10925 }
10926 } // end anonymous namespace
10927 
10928 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10929                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
10930   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
10931   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
10932 
10933   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
10934   bool FoundWrongKind;
10935   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
10936   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
10937                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
10938                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
10939     if (FoundWrongKind)
10940       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
10941            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
10942         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
10943     return;
10944   }
10945 
10946   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
10947   if (IsPointerAttr) {
10948     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
10949     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
10950       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
10951           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
10952         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
10953   }
10954   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
10955 
10956   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
10957   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
10958     return;
10959 
10960   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
10961     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
10962     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
10963                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
10964       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
10965            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
10966           << ArgumentKind->getName()
10967           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
10968           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
10969     }
10970     return;
10971   }
10972 
10973   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
10974   if (IsPointerAttr)
10975     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
10976 
10977   bool mismatch = false;
10978   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
10979     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
10980 
10981     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
10982     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
10983     //
10984     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
10985     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
10986     if (mismatch)
10987       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
10988                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
10989           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
10990         mismatch = false;
10991   } else
10992     if (IsPointerAttr)
10993       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
10994                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
10995                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
10996     else
10997       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
10998 
10999   if (mismatch)
11000     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
11001         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
11002         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
11003         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11004         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11005 }
11006 
11007 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
11008                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
11009   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11010 }
11011 
11012 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
11013   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
11014     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
11015         << m.MD << m.RD << m.E->getSourceRange();
11016   }
11017   MisalignedMembers.clear();
11018 }
11019 
11020 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
11021   if (!T->isPointerType())
11022     return;
11023   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
11024       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
11025     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11026     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
11027       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
11028                           MisalignedMember(Op));
11029       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
11030           Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)
11031         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
11032     }
11033   }
11034 }
11035 
11036 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11037     Expr *E,
11038     std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, ValueDecl *, CharUnits)> Action) {
11039   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11040   while (ME && isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
11041     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
11042     if (ME->isArrow())
11043       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
11044     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11045 
11046     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
11047     bool ByteAligned = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()).isOne();
11048     if (ByteAligned) // Attribute packed does not have any effect.
11049       break;
11050 
11051     if (!ByteAligned &&
11052         (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || (MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()))) {
11053       CharUnits Alignment = std::min(Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()),
11054                                      Context.getTypeAlignInChars(BaseType));
11055       // Notify that this expression designates a member with reduced alignment
11056       Action(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11057       break;
11058     }
11059     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase());
11060   }
11061 }
11062 
11063 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
11064   using namespace std::placeholders;
11065   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11066       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
11067                      _2, _3, _4));
11068 }
11069 
11070